TWI700625B - Techniques for representing lap times - Google Patents

Techniques for representing lap times Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI700625B
TWI700625B TW104107330A TW104107330A TWI700625B TW I700625 B TWI700625 B TW I700625B TW 104107330 A TW104107330 A TW 104107330A TW 104107330 A TW104107330 A TW 104107330A TW I700625 B TWI700625 B TW I700625B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
time
representation
user interface
display
lap
Prior art date
Application number
TW104107330A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201610812A (en
Inventor
艾瑞克 蘭斯 威爾森
克里斯多夫 威爾森
強納森R 達斯扣拉
葛瑞 艾安 柏契爾
英蘭 喬迪瑞
艾倫C 戴
史蒂芬O 李美
娜塔莉 馬力克
鈞博 楊
Original Assignee
美商蘋果公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商蘋果公司 filed Critical 美商蘋果公司
Publication of TW201610812A publication Critical patent/TW201610812A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI700625B publication Critical patent/TWI700625B/en

Links

Images

Abstract

An electronic device may display a first lap time representation, and may move the first lap time representation in accordance with a first amount of elapsed time. While moving the first lap time representation, the electronic device may detect a lap input. In response to the lap input, the electronic device may cease movement of the first lap time representation, display a second lap time representation, and move the second lap time representation in accordance with a second amount of elapsed time. A relative positioning of the first lap time representation and the second lap time representation may correspond to a difference between a first lap time and a second lap time. In some embodiments, the electronic device may update the timescales of lap time representation(s) in accordance with a rotational input. In some embodiments, the electronic device may update a timer duration setting in accordance with a rotational input.

Description

用於表示單圈時間之技術 Technique used to indicate lap time 相關申請案之交叉參考 Cross reference of related applications

本申請案主張2014年9月2日申請之標題為「STOPWATCH AND TIMER USER INTERFACES」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/044,979號之優先權,該申請案在此以全文引用之方式併入。 This application claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,979 entitled "STOPWATCH AND TIMER USER INTERFACES" filed on September 2, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

本申請案涉及:2014年9月2日申請之標題為「Context-Specific User Interfaces」的發明人為Christopher Wilson的美國臨時專利申請案、2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application」的國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040061號及2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships」的國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069483號。以上申請案之內容在此以全文引用之方式併入以用於所有目的。 This application involves: a US provisional patent application filed on September 2, 2014 titled "Context-Specific User Interfaces" by Christopher Wilson, and a US provisional patent application filed on May 8, 2013 titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application” International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061 and the title of the application on November 11, 2013 is “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships" International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/069483. The content of the above application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

本發明大體上係關於電腦使用者介面,且更具體言之係關於在碼錶或計時器之上下文中用於表示單圈時間、調整時間標度及設定計時器的技術。 The present invention generally relates to a computer user interface, and more specifically relates to techniques used to indicate lap times, adjust time scales, and set timers in the context of stopwatches or timers.

現代電子器件可提供各種計時功能性。舉例而言,電子器件可提供碼錶功能性及/或計時器功能性。然而,一些此等功能性可受 限,因為其可以一基本方式顯示計時資料、可能不允許計時資料顯示參數之使用者定製及/或可能不提供供使用者輸入計時值的直觀方法。存在對用於顯示計時資料、允許計時資料顯示參數之使用者定製及輸入計時值之更有效使用者友好程序的需求。 Modern electronic devices can provide various timing functionality. For example, the electronic device may provide stopwatch functionality and/or timer functionality. However, some of these functionalities can be affected by It is limited because it can display timing data in a basic way, may not allow user customization of timing data display parameters, and/or may not provide an intuitive method for users to input timing values. There is a need for a more effective user-friendly program for displaying timing data, allowing user customization of timing data display parameters, and entering timing values.

在一些實施例中,一種在電子器件之使用者介面中表示單圈時間的方法包含:在第一時間於使用者介面中顯示第一單圈時間之第一表示;根據自第一時間歷時的第一時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動第一表示,該第一時間量對應於該第一單圈時間;在移動第一表示的同時,在第二時間偵測器件處之第一單圈輸入;回應於第一單圈輸入:停止第一表示沿第一軸線之移動;及在使用者介面中顯示第二單圈時間之第二表示;及根據自第二時間歷時的第二時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動第二表示,該第二時間量對應於該第二單圈時間,其中該第一表示與該第二表示沿第一軸線之相對定位對應於該第一單圈時間與該第二單圈時間之間的差異。 In some embodiments, a method for representing lap time in a user interface of an electronic device includes: displaying a first representation of the first lap time in the user interface at a first time; The first amount of time moves the first indicator along the first axis in the user interface, and the first amount of time corresponds to the first lap time; while moving the first indicator, the first indicator at the second time is detected A lap input; in response to the first lap input: stop the movement of the first representation along the first axis; and display the second representation of the second lap time in the user interface; and according to the first time elapsed since the second time The second amount of time moves along the first axis in the user interface. The second amount of time corresponds to the second lap time, wherein the relative positioning of the first and second indicators along the first axis corresponds to The difference between the first lap time and the second lap time.

在一些實施例中,一種在電子器件之使用者介面中更新單圈時間表示之時間標度的方法包含:顯示當前單圈時間之第一表示,該第一表示具有第一時間標度且包括第一元件,該第一元件根據第一時間標度上之當前單圈時間相對於第一時間標度定位;在顯示第一表示的同時,偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動;及回應於旋轉移動:根據旋轉移動更新當前單圈時間之第一表示以具有不同於第一時間標度之第二時間標度;及根據第二時間標度上之當前單圈時間更新第一元件之位置。 In some embodiments, a method for updating the time scale of a lap time representation in a user interface of an electronic device includes: displaying a first representation of the current lap time, the first representation having a first time scale and including A first element, which is positioned relative to the first time scale according to the current lap time on the first time scale; while displaying the first indication, detects the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism; and responds to Rotational movement: update the first representation of the current lap time according to the rotation movement to have a second time scale different from the first time scale; and update the position of the first element according to the current lap time on the second time scale .

在一些實施例中,一種在電子器件之使用者介面中更新計時器之當前持續時間設定的方法包含:在使用者介面中顯示計時器表示,該計時器表示包括:類比表示,該類比表示包括表示當前持續時間設 定之當前持續時間指示符,及數位表示,其表示當前持續時間設定;在顯示計時器表示的同時,偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動;及回應於旋轉移動,根據旋轉移動更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示。 In some embodiments, a method for updating the current duration setting of a timer in a user interface of an electronic device includes: displaying a timer representation in the user interface, the timer representation includes: an analog representation, the analog representation includes Indicates the current duration setting Set the current duration indicator and digital display, which indicates the current duration setting; while displaying the timer display, detect the rotation movement of the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to the rotation movement, update the current duration indicator according to the rotation movement Symbol and digital representation.

100:攜帶型多功能器件 100: Portable multifunctional device

102:記憶體 102: memory

103:通信匯流排或信號線 103: Communication bus or signal line

104:晶片 104: chip

106:輸入/輸出(I/O)子系統 106: input/output (I/O) subsystem

108:RF電路 108: RF circuit

110:音訊電路 110: Audio circuit

111:揚聲器 111: Speaker

112:觸敏式顯示器系統 112: Touch-sensitive display system

113:麥克風 113: Microphone

116:輸入控制器件 116: input control device

118:周邊器件介面 118: Peripheral device interface

120:處理單元/處理器 120: processing unit/processor

122:記憶體控制器 122: Memory Controller

124:外部埠 124: External port

126:作業系統 126: Operating System

128:通信模組 128: Communication module

130:接觸/運動模組 130: Contact/Motion Module

132:圖形模組 132: Graphics module

133:觸感回饋模組 133: Tactile feedback module

134:文字輸入模組 134: text input module

135:全球定位系統(GPS)模組 135: Global Positioning System (GPS) Module

136:應用程式 136: Application

136-1:應用程式 136-1: Application

137:聯絡人模組 137: Contact Module

138:電話模組 138: Telephone Module

139:視訊會議模組 139: Video conferencing module

140:電子郵件用戶端模組 140: Email client module

141:即時訊息傳遞(IM)模組 141: Instant messaging (IM) module

142:健身支援模組 142: Fitness Support Module

143:成像模組/攝影機模組 143: Imaging Module/Camera Module

144:影像管理模組 144: Image Management Module

145:視訊播放器模組 145: Video Player Module

146:音樂播放器模組 146: Music player module

147:瀏覽器模組 147: Browser Module

148:行事曆模組 148: Calendar Module

149:介面工具集模組 149: Interface Toolkit Module

149-1:天氣介面工具集 149-1: Weather interface tool set

149-2:股票介面工具集 149-2: Stock Interface Tool Set

149-3:計算器介面工具集 149-3: Calculator interface tool set

149-4:鬧鐘介面工具集 149-4: Alarm Clock Interface Tool Set

149-5:辭典介面工具集 149-5: Dictionary interface tool set

149-6:使用者建立之介面工具集 149-6: User-created interface toolset

150:介面工具集建立者模組 150: Interface Tool Set Creator Module

151:搜尋模組 151: Search module

152:視訊及音樂播放器模組 152: Video and music player module

153:筆記模組 153: Note Module

154:地圖模組 154: Map Module

155:連線視訊模組 155: Connected Video Module

156:顯示控制器 156: display controller

157:器件/全域內部狀態 157: device/global internal state

158:光學感測器控制器 158: Optical Sensor Controller

159:強度感測器控制器 159: intensity sensor controller

160:輸入控制器 160: Input controller

161:觸感回饋控制器 161: Haptic feedback controller

162:電力系統 162: Power System

164:光學感測器 164: Optical Sensor

165:接觸強度感測器 165: Contact intensity sensor

166:近接感測器 166: Proximity Sensor

167:觸覺輸出產生器 167: Tactile output generator

168:加速度計 168: Accelerometer

170:事件分類器 170: Event Classifier

171:事件監視器 171: Event Monitor

172:點擊視圖判定模組 172: Click the view judgment module

173:作用中事件辨識器判定模組 173: Active event identifier determination module

174:事件分派程式模組 174: Event Dispatcher Module

176:資料更新程式 176: Data Update Program

177:物件更新程式 177: Object Updater

178:GUI更新程式 178: GUI update program

179:事件資料 179: Event Information

180:事件辨識器 180: Event Recognizer

182:事件接收器 182: Event Receiver

183:後設資料 183: Metadata

184:事件比較器 184: event comparator

186:事件定義 186: Event Definition

187:事件 187: Event

187-1:事件1 187-1: Incident 1

187-2:事件2 187-2: Incident 2

188:事件傳送指令 188: Event Transmission Command

190:事件處置程式 190: Event handler

191:應用程式視圖 191: Application View

192:應用程式內部狀態 192: Application internal state

200:使用者介面 200: user interface

202:手指 202: finger

203:觸控筆 203: Stylus

204:首頁/功能表按鈕 204: Home/Menu button

206:推按按鈕 206: Push button

208:音量調整按鈕 208: Volume adjustment button

210:用戶識別模組(SIM)卡槽 210: Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) card slot

212:耳機插口 212: headphone jack

300:器件 300: device

310:處理單元 310: Processing Unit

320:通信匯流排 320: communication bus

330:輸入/輸出(I/O)介面 330: input/output (I/O) interface

340:顯示器 340: display

350:鍵盤及/或滑鼠 350: keyboard and/or mouse

355:觸控板 355: Touchpad

357:觸覺輸出產生器 357: Haptic Output Generator

359:感測器 359: Sensor

360:網路或其他通信介面 360: network or other communication interface

370:記憶體 370: Memory

380:繪圖模組 380: Drawing module

382:呈現模組 382: Presentation Module

384:文書處理模組 384: Word Processing Module

386:網站建立模組 386: Website Creation Module

388:碟片製作模組 388: Disc Production Module

390:試算表模組 390: Spreadsheet Module

400:使用者介面 400: User interface

402:信號強度指示符 402: signal strength indicator

404:時間 404: time

405:藍芽指示符 405: Bluetooth indicator

406:電池狀態指示符 406: Battery status indicator

408:系統匣 408: system tray

410:指示符 410: indicator

414:指示符 414: indicator

416:圖示 416: Icon

418:圖示 418: Icon

420:圖示 420: Icon

422:圖示 422: Icon

424:圖示 424: Icon

426:圖示 426: Icon

428:圖示 428: icon

430:圖示 430: Icon

432:圖示 432: Icon

434:圖示 434: icon

436:圖示 436: Icon

438:圖示 438: icon

440:圖示 440: Icon

442:圖示 442: icon

444:圖示 444: icon

446:圖示 446: icon

450:顯示器 450: display

451:觸敏式表面 451: Touch-sensitive surface

452:主軸線 452: Main axis

453:主軸線 453: Main axis

460:接觸 460: contact

462:接觸 462: contact

468:接觸 468: contact

470:接觸 470: contact

500:器件 500: device

502:主體 502: Subject

504:觸敏式顯示器螢幕/觸控式螢幕 504: Touch-sensitive display screen/touch screen

506:輸入機構 506: input agency

508:輸入機構 508: input agency

512:匯流排 512: bus

514:I/O區段 514: I/O section

516:電腦處理器 516: computer processor

518:記憶體 518: memory

522:觸敏式組件 522: Touch-sensitive components

524:觸摸強度敏感組件 524: Touch intensity sensitive components

530:通信單元 530: communication unit

532:GPS感測器 532: GPS sensor

534:加速度計 534: Accelerometer

536:陀螺儀 536: Gyroscope

538:運動感測器 538: Motion Sensor

540:方向感測器 540: Orientation sensor

600:電子器件 600: Electronics

602:數位碼錶表示 602: Digital code table representation

604:「開始」按鈕 604: "Start" button

606:按鈕 606: Button

608:手指 608: finger

610:單圈時間表示 610: lap time display

612:單圈數目表示 612: Number of single laps

614:單圈時間表示 614: Lap time indication

616:單圈數目表示 616: Single lap number indication

618:線 618: line

620:單圈時間表示 620: lap time display

622:平均單圈時間指示符 622: Average lap time indicator

626:時間標度 626: Time Scale

628:單圈時間清單 628: lap time list

630:大小縮減之單圈時間表示 630: lap time display of reduced size

632:類比鐘錶盤 632: Analog Clock Dial

634:指針 634: pointer

636:數位碼錶表示 636: Digital code table representation

638:類比鐘錶盤 638: analog clock dial

638:類比鐘錶盤 638: analog clock dial

640:額外類比鐘錶盤 640: Extra analog clock dial

642:上部區域 642: upper area

700:例示性電子器件 700: Exemplary Electronics

701:可旋轉輸入機構 701: Rotatable input mechanism

702:類比碼錶表示 702: Analog code table representation

704:指針 704: pointer

706:類比碼錶表示 706: Analog code table representation

708:手指 708: finger

800:電子器件 800: electronic devices

801:可旋轉輸入機構 801: Rotatable input mechanism

802:類比表示 802: Analogy

804:當前持續時間指示符 804: Current duration indicator

806:數位表示 806: digital representation

807:按鈕 807: button

808:手指 808: finger

809:按鈕 809: Button

810:時數部分 810: hour part

811:分鐘數部分 811: minutes part

812:方框 812: box

900:處理程序 900: handler

902:區塊 902: block

904:區塊 904: block

906:區塊 906: block

908:區塊 908: block

910:區塊 910: block

912:區塊 912: block

1000:處理程序 1000: handler

1002:區塊 1002: block

1004:區塊 1004: block

1006:區塊 1006: block

1008:區塊 1008: block

1100:處理程序 1100: handler

1102:區塊 1102: block

1104:區塊 1104: block

1106:區塊 1106: block

1108:區塊 1108: block

1200:電子器件 1200: Electronics

1202:顯示單元 1202: display unit

1204:人性化輸入介面單元 1204: Humanized input interface unit

1206:處理單元 1206: processing unit

1208:判定單元 1208: determination unit

1210:顯示啟用單元 1210: Display enabling unit

1212:量測單元 1212: Measuring unit

1212:量測單元 1212: Measuring unit

1300:電子器件 1300: electronic devices

1302:顯示單元 1302: display unit

1304:觸敏式表面單元 1304: Touch-sensitive surface unit

1306:處理單元 1306: Processing Unit

1308:顯示啟用單元 1308: Display enabling unit

1310:移動單元 1310: mobile unit

1312:偵測單元 1312: detection unit

1314:停止單元 1314: Stop unit

1316:修改啟用單元 1316: Modify the enable unit

1318:判定單元 1318: determination unit

1320:更新單元 1320: update unit

1322:量測單元 1322: Measuring unit

1400:電子器件 1400: Electronics

1402:顯示單元 1402: display unit

1404:觸敏式表面單元 1404: Touch-sensitive surface unit

1406:處理單元 1406: processing unit

1408:顯示啟用單元 1408: Display enabling unit

1410:偵測單元 1410: detection unit

1412:更新單元 1412: update unit

1500:電子器件 1500: electronic devices

1502:顯示單元 1502: display unit

1504:觸敏式表面單元 1504: Touch-sensitive surface unit

1506:處理單元 1506: processing unit

1508:顯示啟用單元 1508: Display enabling unit

1510:偵測單元 1510: detection unit

1512:更新單元 1512: update unit

為較好地理解各種所描述之實施例,應結合以下圖式參考以下之實施方式,其中遍及圖式,類似之參考數字係指對應部分。 In order to better understand the various described embodiments, the following embodiments should be referred to in conjunction with the following drawings, wherein throughout the drawings, similar reference numbers refer to corresponding parts.

圖1A為說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器之攜帶型多功能器件的方塊圖。 FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display according to some embodiments.

圖1B為說明根據一些實施例之用於事件處置之例示性組件的方塊圖。 Figure 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling according to some embodiments.

圖2說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器之攜帶型多功能器件。 Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display according to some embodiments.

圖3為根據一些實施例之具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之例示性多功能器件的方塊圖。 Figure 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunctional device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to some embodiments.

圖4A說明根據一些實施例之用於攜帶型多功能器件上之應用程式功能表的例示性使用者介面。 FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for an application menu on a portable multifunction device according to some embodiments.

圖4B說明根據一些實施例之具有與顯示器分離之觸敏式表面的多功能器件之例示性使用者介面。 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface of a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface separate from the display according to some embodiments.

圖5A為說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之攜帶型多功能器件的方塊圖。 FIG. 5A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism according to some embodiments.

圖5B說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之攜帶型多功能器件。 FIG. 5B illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism according to some embodiments.

圖6A至圖6Q說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中表示單圈時間的例示性使用者介面。 6A to 6Q illustrate an exemplary user interface for representing the lap time in the user interface of an electronic device.

圖7A至圖7D說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新單圈時間表示之時間標度的例示性使用者介面。 7A to 7D illustrate an exemplary user interface for updating the time scale of the lap time representation in the user interface of the electronic device.

圖8A至圖8K說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新計時器之當前持續時間設定的例示性使用者介面。 8A to 8K illustrate an exemplary user interface for updating the current duration setting of the timer in the user interface of the electronic device.

圖9A至圖9B為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中表示單圈時間之處理程序的流程圖。 9A to 9B are flowcharts illustrating the processing procedure for displaying the lap time in the user interface of the electronic device.

圖10為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新單圈時間表示之時間標度之處理程序的流程圖。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating the processing procedure for updating the time scale of the lap time display in the user interface of the electronic device.

圖11為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新計時器之當前持續時間設定之處理程序的流程圖。 FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating the processing procedure for updating the current duration setting of the timer in the user interface of the electronic device.

圖12為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 Figure 12 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to some embodiments.

圖13為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 Figure 13 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to some embodiments.

圖14為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 Figure 14 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to some embodiments.

圖15為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 Figure 15 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to some embodiments.

以下描述闡述例示性方法、參數及類似者。然而,應認識到此描述並不意欲限制本發明之範疇,而是替代地經提供作為例示性實施例之描述。 The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. However, it should be appreciated that this description is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but instead is provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

需要一種提供用於顯示計時資料(例如,顯示單圈時間及其表示)、允許計時資料顯示參數之使用者定製(例如,允許計時元件之時間標度之使用者修改)及輸入計時值(例如,允許計時器設定之穩固輸入項)的有效使用者友好程序的器件。在下文中,圖1A至圖1B、圖2、圖3、圖4A至圖4B及圖5A至圖5B提供對視情況執行單圈時間表示、時間標度調整及計時器設定技術之例示性器件的描述。圖6至圖8說明以上技術中涉及之例示性使用者介面。圖式中之使用者介面亦用於說明下文描述之單圈時間表示、時間標度調整及計時器設定處理程序,包括圖9至圖11中之處理程序。 What is needed is a way to provide for displaying timing data (for example, displaying lap time and its indication), allowing user customization of timing data display parameters (for example, allowing user modification of the time scale of the timing element) and inputting timing values ( For example, an effective user-friendly program device that allows for a stable input of timer settings. In the following, Figures 1A to 1B, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figures 4A to 4B, and Figures 5A to 5B provide exemplary devices for performing lap time display, time scale adjustment, and timer setting techniques as appropriate description. 6 to 8 illustrate exemplary user interfaces involved in the above technology. The user interface in the diagram is also used to illustrate the lap time display, time scale adjustment and timer setting processing procedures described below, including the processing procedures in FIGS. 9 to 11.

儘管以下描述使用術語「第一」、「第二」等來描述各種元件, 但此等元件不應被該等術語限制。此等術語僅用於將一元件與另一元件區分開來。舉例而言,第一觸摸可被稱為第二觸摸,且類似地,第二觸摸可被稱為第一觸摸,而不背離各種所描述實施例之範疇。第一觸摸及第二觸摸皆為觸摸,但其並非相同的觸摸。 Although the following description uses the terms "first", "second", etc. to describe various elements, But these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another element. For example, the first touch may be referred to as the second touch, and similarly, the second touch may be referred to as the first touch without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. Both the first touch and the second touch are touches, but they are not the same touch.

本文中用於描述各種所描述之實施例的術語僅係出於描述特定實施例之目的,且其並不意欲為限制性的。如用於描述各種所描述之實施例及所附申請專利範圍,除非上下文另有清晰指示,否則單數形式「一」及「該」亦意欲包括複數形式。亦將理解,如本文中所使用之術語「及/或」係指且涵蓋相關聯之所列項目中之一或多者的任何及所有可能組合。應進一步理解,術語「包括」及/或「包含」當在本說明書中使用時指定所陳述特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元件及/或組件的存在,但並不排除一或多個其他特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元件、組件及/或其群組的存在或新增。 The terminology used herein to describe the various described embodiments is only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and they are not intended to be limiting. As used to describe the various described embodiments and the scope of the appended patent applications, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the singular forms "a" and "the" are also intended to include plural forms. It will also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It should be further understood that the terms "including" and/or "including" when used in this specification specify the existence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements and/or components, but do not exclude one or more other features The existence or addition of, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.

術語「若」可取決於上下文而解釋為意謂「在……時」或「在……後」或「回應於判定」或「回應於偵測」。類似地,片語「若判定」或「若偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]」可取決於上下文而解釋為意謂「在判定後」或「回應於判定」或「在偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]後」或「回應於偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]」。 The term "if" can be interpreted as meaning "at the time" or "after" or "response to judgment" or "response to detection" depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if determined" or "if detected [statement or event]" can be interpreted as meaning "after a determination" or "response to a determination" or "after detecting [ After the stated condition or event]" or "in response to the detection of [the stated condition or event]".

描述電子器件、此等器件之使用者介面及用於使用此等器件之相關聯處理程序的實施例。在一些實施例中,器件為諸如行動電話之攜帶型通信器件,該器件亦含有諸如PDA及/或音樂播放器功能之其他功能。攜帶型多功能器件之例示性實施例包括(但不限於)來自加利福尼亞庫珀蒂諾市之Apple公司的iPhone®、iPod Touch®及iPad®器件。視情況使用其他攜帶型電子器件,諸如具有觸敏式表面(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器及/或觸控板)之膝上型電腦或平板電腦。亦應理解,在一些實施例中,該器件不為攜帶型通信器件,而為具有觸敏式 表面(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器及/或觸控板)之桌上型電腦。 Describe embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces of these devices, and associated processing procedures for using these devices. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communication device such as a mobile phone, which also contains other functions such as a PDA and/or a music player function. Illustrative examples of portable multifunctional devices include (but are not limited to) iPhone®, iPod Touch® and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices are used as appropriate, such as laptops or tablets with touch-sensitive surfaces (eg, touch-sensitive screen displays and/or touch pads). It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device, but a touch-sensitive device. Desktop computers with surface (for example, touch screen display and/or touch pad).

在以下論述中,描述包括顯示器及觸敏式表面之電子器件。然而,應理解,電子器件視情況包括一或多個其他實體使用者介面器件,諸如實體鍵盤、滑鼠及/或操縱桿。 In the following discussion, electronic devices including displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are described. However, it should be understood that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.

該器件可支援多種應用程式,諸如以下中之一或多者:繪圖應用程式、呈現應用程式、文書處理應用程式、網站建立應用程式、碟片製作應用程式、試算表應用程式、遊戲應用程式、電話應用程式、視訊會議應用程式、電子郵件應用程式、即時訊息傳遞應用程式、健身支援應用程式、相片管理應用程式、數位攝影機應用程式、數位攝像機應用程式、網頁瀏覽應用程式、數位音樂播放器應用程式,及/或數位視訊播放器應用程式。 The device can support a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: drawing applications, rendering applications, word processing applications, website creation applications, disc creation applications, spreadsheet applications, game applications, Phone application, video conferencing application, email application, instant messaging application, fitness support application, photo management application, digital camera application, digital camera application, web browsing application, digital music player application Programs, and/or digital video player applications.

執行於器件上之各種應用程式視情況使用至少一共同實體使用者介面器件,諸如觸敏式表面。觸敏式表面之一或多個功能以及顯示於器件上之對應資訊視情況經調整及/或自一個應用程式至下一應用程式及/或在各別應用程式內改變。以此方式,器件之共同實體架構(諸如,觸敏式表面)視情況支援具有對於使用者而言直觀且透明之使用者介面的多種應用程式。 Various application programs running on the device use at least one common physical user interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface, as appropriate. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and the corresponding information displayed on the device are adjusted and/or changed from one application to the next and/or within each application as appropriate. In this way, the common physical architecture of the device (such as a touch-sensitive surface) optionally supports multiple applications with a user interface that is intuitive and transparent to the user.

現在將注意引導朝向具有觸敏式顯示器之攜帶型器件的實施例。圖1A為說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器系統112的攜帶型多功能器件100之方塊圖。為方便起見,觸敏式顯示器112有時被稱為「觸控式螢幕」,且有時被稱作或稱為觸敏式顯示器系統。器件100包括記憶體102(其視情況包括一或多個電腦可讀儲存媒體)、記憶體控制器122、一或多個處理單元(CPU)120、周邊器件介面118、RF電路108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、輸入/輸出(I/O)子系統106、其他輸入控制器件116及外部埠124。器件100視情況包括一或多個光學感測器164。器件100視情況包括用於偵測器件100(例如, 諸如器件100之觸敏式顯示器系統112之觸敏式表面)上接觸之強度的一或多個接觸強度感測器165。器件100視情況包括用於產生器件100上之觸覺輸出(例如,產生諸如器件100之觸敏式顯示器系統112或器件300之觸控板355的觸敏式表面上之觸覺輸出)的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。此等組件視情況經由一或多個通信匯流排或信號線103進行通信。 Attention will now be paid to embodiments directed towards portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch-sensitive display system 112 according to some embodiments. For convenience, the touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes referred to as a "touch screen", and is sometimes referred to or referred to as a touch-sensitive display system. The device 100 includes a memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage media), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU) 120, a peripheral device interface 118, an RF circuit 108, and an audio circuit 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. The device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. The device 100 optionally includes a device 100 for detecting (e.g., One or more contact intensity sensors 165 such as the intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface of the touch-sensitive display system 112 of the device 100. The device 100 optionally includes one or more for generating tactile output on the device 100 (eg, generating tactile output on a touch-sensitive surface such as the touch-sensitive display system 112 of the device 100 or the touchpad 355 of the device 300) A tactile output generator 167. These components communicate via one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 as appropriate.

如本說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語觸敏式表面上之接觸的「強度」係指觸敏式表面上之接觸(例如,手指接觸)的力或壓力(每單位面積之力),或係指觸敏式表面上之接觸的力或壓力之替代物(代理)。接觸之強度具有包括至少四個不同值之值範圍,且較通常包括數百個不同值(例如,至少256個)。視情況使用各種方法及各種感測器或感測器之組合來判定(或量測)接觸之強度。舉例而言,視情況使用觸敏式表面下面或鄰近於該表面的一或多個力感測器,以量測觸敏式表面上之各種點處的力。在一些實施中,組合(例如,加權平均)來自多個力感測器之力量測,以判定接觸之估計力。類似地,視情況使用觸控筆之壓敏式尖端,以判定觸控筆在觸敏式表面上的壓力。替代地,視情況,將觸敏式表面上偵測到的接觸面積之大小及/或其變化、接近接觸的觸敏式表面之電容及/或其變化,及/或接近接觸的觸敏式表面之電阻及/或其變化用作觸敏式表面上之接觸的力或壓力之替代物。在一些實施中,直接使用接觸力或壓力之替代物量測,以判定是否已超過強度臨限值(例如,以對應於替代物量測之單位所描述的強度臨限值)。在一些實施中,將接觸力或壓力之替代物量測轉換成估計力或壓力,且將該估計力或壓力用於判定是否已超過強度臨限值(例如,強度臨限值為以壓力單位量測的壓力臨限值)。使用接觸之強度作為使用者輸入之屬性允許使用者存取大小縮減之器件上的額外器件功能性,該額外器件功能性原本可能並非使用者可存取的,該大 小縮減之器件具有用於顯示可視線索(affordance)(例如,在觸敏式顯示器上)及/或接收使用者輸入(例如,經由觸敏式顯示器、觸敏式表面或諸如旋鈕或按鈕之實體/機械控制)的有限佔據面積。 As used in this specification and the scope of the patent application, the term "strength" of contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of contact (for example, finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, Or refers to a substitute (agent) for the force or pressure of contact on a touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of contact has a value range that includes at least four different values, and more often includes hundreds of different values (for example, at least 256). Depending on the situation, various methods and various sensors or combinations of sensors are used to determine (or measure) the intensity of contact. For example, one or more force sensors under or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are used as appropriate to measure the force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (eg, weighted average) to determine the estimated force of contact. Similarly, the pressure-sensitive tip of the stylus is used as appropriate to determine the pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, as appropriate, the size and/or change of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface, the capacitance and/or change of the touch-sensitive surface close to the contact, and/or the touch-sensitive surface close to the contact The resistance of the surface and/or its change is used as a substitute for contact force or pressure on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, a substitute measurement of contact force or pressure is directly used to determine whether the strength threshold has been exceeded (for example, the strength threshold described in the unit corresponding to the measurement of the substitute). In some implementations, the contact force or pressure substitute measurement is converted into an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether the strength threshold has been exceeded (for example, the strength threshold is measured in pressure units The measured pressure threshold). Using the strength of the contact as the attribute of the user input allows the user to access additional device functionality on the reduced size device. The additional device functionality may not be accessible to the user. Small reduction devices have functions for displaying visual cues (affordance) (for example, on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (for example, via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or an entity such as a knob or button /Mechanical control).

如本說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語「觸覺輸出」係指器件相對於器件之先前位置的實體移位、器件之組件(例如,觸敏式表面)相對於器件之另一組件(例如,外殼)的實體移位,或將由使用者藉由其觸摸感測偵測到的組件相對於器件之質量中心的移位。舉例而言,在器件或器件之組件接觸對觸摸敏感的使用者之表面(例如,手指、手掌或使用者之手的其他部分)的情況下,由實體移位所產生之觸覺輸出將由使用者解譯為對應於器件或器件之組件的實體特徵中所感知到之變化的觸覺感覺。舉例而言,使用者將觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器或軌跡墊)之移動視情況解譯為實體致動器按鈕之「向下點擊」或「向上點擊」。在一些情況下,即使在與觸敏式表面相關聯之由使用者之移動實體地按壓(例如,移位)的實體致動器按鈕並未移動時,使用者將仍感覺到諸如「向下點擊」或「向上點擊」之觸覺感覺。作為另一實例,即使在觸敏式表面之光滑度並無變化時,使用者仍將觸敏式表面之移動視情況解譯或感測為觸敏式表面之「粗糙度」。雖然使用者之此等觸摸解譯將受到使用者之個別化感覺感知影響,但存在較大部分使用者共同之許多觸摸感覺感知。因此,除非另外陳述,否則當觸覺輸出經描述為對應於使用者之特定感覺感知(例如,「向上點擊」、「向下點擊」、「粗糙度」)時,所產生觸覺輸出對應於將產生典型(或一般)使用者所描述之感覺感知的器件或其組件之實體移位。 As used in this specification and the scope of the patent application, the term "tactile output" refers to the physical displacement of the device relative to the previous position of the device, the component of the device (for example, a touch-sensitive surface) relative to another component of the device (for example , The physical displacement of the housing), or the displacement of the component relative to the center of mass of the device detected by the user through its touch sensing. For example, in the case where a device or a component of the device touches a touch-sensitive user's surface (for example, a finger, palm, or other part of the user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be generated by the user Interpreted as a tactile sensation corresponding to the changes perceived in the physical characteristics of the device or component of the device. For example, the user interprets the movement of a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch-sensitive display or track pad) as a "click down" or "click up" of a physical actuator button as appropriate. In some cases, even when the physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., shifted) by the user's movement does not move, the user will still feel something like "downward The tactile sensation of "click" or "click up". As another example, even when the smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface does not change, the user interprets or senses the movement of the touch-sensitive surface as the "roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface as appropriate. Although the user's touch interpretation will be affected by the user's individualized sensory perception, there are many touch sensory perceptions shared by a greater number of users. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, when the tactile output is described as corresponding to the user's specific sensory perception (for example, "click up", "click down", "roughness"), the generated tactile output corresponds to the The physical displacement of the sensory device or its components described by typical (or general) users.

應瞭解,器件100僅為攜帶型多功能器件之一實例,且器件100視情況具有比所展示更多或更少之組件、視情況組合兩個或兩個以上組件,或視情況具有不同組態或配置之組件。圖1A中所展示之各種 組件實施於硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體兩者之組合(包括一或多個信號處理及/或特殊應用積體電路)中。 It should be understood that the device 100 is only an example of a portable multifunction device, and the device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, depending on the situation, combine two or more components, or may have different groups depending on the situation. State or configuration component. The various shown in Figure 1A Components are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software (including one or more signal processing and/or special application integrated circuits).

記憶體102可包括一或多個電腦可讀儲存媒體。電腦可讀儲存媒體可為有形及非暫時性的。記憶體102可包括高速隨機存取記憶體,且亦可包括非揮發性記憶體,諸如一或多個磁碟儲存器件、快閃記憶體器件,或其他非揮發性固態記憶體器件。記憶體控制器122可藉由器件100之其他組件控制對記憶體102之存取。 The memory 102 may include one or more computer-readable storage media. The computer-readable storage medium can be tangible and non-transitory. The memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. The memory controller 122 can control access to the memory 102 by other components of the device 100.

周邊器件介面118可用於將器件之輸入及輸出周邊器件耦接至CPU 120及記憶體102。一或多個處理器120運行或執行儲存在記憶體102中之各種軟體程式及/或指令集,以執行器件100之各種功能及以處理資料。在一些實施例中,周邊器件介面118、CPU 120及記憶體控制器122可實施於諸如晶片104之單晶片上。在一些其他實施例中,其可實施於單獨晶片上。 The peripheral device interface 118 can be used to couple the input and output peripheral devices of the device to the CPU 120 and the memory 102. One or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or instruction sets stored in the memory 102 to perform various functions of the device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, the peripheral device interface 118, the CPU 120, and the memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip such as the chip 104. In some other embodiments, it can be implemented on a separate wafer.

RF(射頻)電路108接收及發送RF信號,該等信號亦被稱為電磁信號。RF電路108將電信號轉換成電磁信號/自電磁信號轉換電信號,且經由電磁信號與通信網路及其他通信器件通信。RF電路108視情況包括用於執行此等功能之熟知電路,包含但不限於天線系統、RF收發器、一或多個放大器、調諧器、一或多個振盪器、數位信號處理器、編解碼器晶片組、用戶識別模組(SIM)卡、記憶體等。RF電路108視情況藉由無線通信與諸如網際網路(亦被稱作全球資訊網(WWW))、企業內部網路及/或無線網路(諸如蜂巢式電話網路、無線區域網路(LAN)及/或都會區域網路(MAN))之網路及其他器件通信。RF電路108視情況包括用於諸如藉由近程通信無線電偵測近場通信(NFC)場之熟知電路。無線通信視情況使用複數個通信標準、協定及技術中之任一者,包括但不限於全球行動通信系統(GSM)、增強型資料GSM環境(EDGE)、高速下行鏈路封包存取(HSDPA)、高速上行鏈路封包存取 (HSUPA)、演進型純資料(EV-DO)、HSPA、HSPA+、雙單元HSPA(DC-HSPDA)、長期演進(LTE)、近場通信(NFC)、寬頻分碼多重存取(W-CDMA)、分碼多重存取(CDMA)、分時多重存取(TDMA)、藍芽、藍芽低能量(BTLE)、無線保真(Wi-Fi)(例如,IEEE 802.11a、IEEE 802.11b、IEEE 802.11g、IEEE 801.11n及/或IEEE 802.11ac)、網際網路通訊協定語音(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、用於電子郵件之協定(例如,網際網路訊息存取協定(IMAP)及/或郵局協定(POP))、即時訊息傳遞(例如,可擴展訊息傳遞及現況資訊協定(XMPP)、用於即時訊息傳遞及現況資訊利用擴展之工作階段起始協定(SIMPLE)、即時訊息傳遞及現況資訊服務(IMPS)),及/或短訊息服務(SMS),或任何其他合適之通信協定(包括自本文件申請日期起尚未開發之通信協定)。 The RF (Radio Frequency) circuit 108 receives and transmits RF signals, which are also called electromagnetic signals. The RF circuit 108 converts electrical signals into electromagnetic signals/converts electrical signals from electromagnetic signals, and communicates with communication networks and other communication devices via electromagnetic signals. The RF circuit 108 optionally includes well-known circuits for performing these functions, including but not limited to antenna systems, RF transceivers, one or more amplifiers, tuners, one or more oscillators, digital signal processors, codecs Chipset, SIM card, memory, etc. The RF circuit 108 optionally communicates with the Internet (also known as the World Wide Web (WWW)), corporate intranet and/or wireless network (such as cellular telephone network, wireless local area network ( LAN) and/or Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)) network and other device communication. The RF circuit 108 optionally includes a well-known circuit for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields such as by short-range communication radio. Wireless communication uses any of a plurality of communication standards, protocols and technologies as appropriate, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) , High-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolved Pure Data (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual Unit HSPA (DC-HSPDA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), Near Field Communication (NFC), Broadband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA) ), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (for example, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 801.11n and/or IEEE 802.11ac), Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, protocols for e-mail (for example, Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and/or Or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., Extensible Messaging and Current Information Protocol (XMPP), Work Phase Initiation Protocol (SIMPLE) for instant messaging and current status information utilization extension, instant messaging and Current Information Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other appropriate communication protocol (including communication protocols that have not been developed since the application date of this document).

音訊電路110、揚聲器111及麥克風113在使用者與器件100之間提供音訊介面。音訊電路110自周邊器件介面118接收音訊資料、將音訊資料轉換成電信號及將電信號傳輸至揚聲器111。揚聲器111將電信號轉換成人類可聽聲波。音訊電路110亦接收藉由麥克風113自聲波轉換之電信號。音訊電路110將電信號轉換成音訊資料且將音訊資料傳輸至周邊器件介面118以用於處理。由周邊器件介面118自記憶體102及/或RF電路108擷取音訊資料,及/或將音訊資料傳輸至記憶體102及/或RF電路108。在一些實施例中,音訊電路110亦包括耳機插口(例如,圖2之耳機插口212)。耳機插口在音訊電路110與可卸除式音訊輸入/輸出周邊器件之間提供介面,該等周邊器件諸如僅輸出頭戴式耳機或具有輸出(例如,用於一個或兩個耳朵之頭戴式耳機)及輸入(例如,麥克風)兩者的耳機。 The audio circuit 110, the speaker 111 and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between the user and the device 100. The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripheral device interface 118, converts the audio data into electrical signals, and transmits the electrical signals to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts electrical signals into human audible sound waves. The audio circuit 110 also receives the electrical signal converted from sound waves by the microphone 113. The audio circuit 110 converts electrical signals into audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripheral device interface 118 for processing. The peripheral device interface 118 retrieves audio data from the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108, and/or transmits the audio data to the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 110 also includes an earphone jack (for example, the earphone jack 212 in FIG. 2). The earphone jack provides an interface between the audio circuit 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as a headset that only outputs headphones or has an output (for example, a headset for one or two ears) Headset) and input (e.g., microphone) headset.

I/O子系統106將器件100上之輸入/輸出周邊器件(諸如觸控式螢幕112及其他輸入控制器件116)耦接至周邊器件介面118。I/O子系統106視情況包括顯示控制器156、光學感測器控制器158、強度感測器 控制器159、觸感回饋控制器161及用於其他輸入或控制器件之一或多個輸入控制器160。該一或多個輸入控制器160自其他輸入或控制器件116接收電信號/發送電信號至其他輸入或控制器件116。另一輸入控制器件116視情況包括實體按鈕(例如,推按按鈕、搖臂按鈕等)、撥號盤、滑件開關、操縱桿、點選輪等。在一些替代性實施例中,輸入控制器160視情況耦接至以下中之任一者(或無一者):鍵盤、紅外線埠、USB埠及諸如滑鼠之指標器件。一或多個按鈕(例如,圖2之按鈕208)視情況包括用於揚聲器111及/或麥克風113之音量控制的上/下按鈕。一或多個按鈕視情況包括推按按鈕(例如,圖2之推按按鈕206)。 The I/O subsystem 106 couples the input/output peripheral devices (such as the touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116) on the device 100 to the peripheral device interface 118. The I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes a display controller 156, an optical sensor controller 158, and an intensity sensor The controller 159, the haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive electrical signals from other input or control devices 116 / send electrical signals to other input or control devices 116. Another input control device 116 optionally includes physical buttons (for example, push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, etc. In some alternative embodiments, the input controller 160 is optionally coupled to any one (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointing device such as a mouse. One or more buttons (for example, the button 208 of FIG. 2) may include up/down buttons for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or the microphone 113 as appropriate. One or more buttons may optionally include a push button (for example, push button 206 in FIG. 2).

推按按鈕之快速按壓可解開觸控式螢幕112之鎖定或開始一處理程序,該處理程序在觸控式螢幕上使用手勢以解鎖該器件,如在2005年12月23日申請的美國專利申請案11/322,549「Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image」(美國專利第7,657,849號)中所描述,該專利在此以全文引用之方式併入。推按按鈕(例如,推按按鈕206)之較長按壓可開啟或關閉器件100之電源。使用者可能能夠定製該等按鈕中之一或多者的功能性。觸控式螢幕112用於實施虛擬的或螢幕按鈕及一或多個螢幕小鍵盤。 A quick press of a push button can unlock the touch screen 112 or start a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, such as the US patent filed on December 23, 2005 Application 11/322,549 "Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image" (US Patent No. 7,657,849), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A longer press of a push button (for example, push button 206) can turn on or turn off the power of the device 100. The user may be able to customize the functionality of one or more of these buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or on-screen buttons and one or more on-screen keypads.

觸敏式顯示器112在器件與使用者之間提供輸入介面及輸出介面。顯示控制器156自觸控式螢幕112接收及/或發送電信號至觸控式螢幕112。觸控式螢幕112向使用者顯示視覺輸出。視覺輸出可包括圖形、文字、圖示、視訊及其任何組合(統稱為「圖形」)。在一些實施例中,視覺輸出中之一些或所有可對應於使用者介面物件。 The touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. The display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals to the touch screen 112 from the touch screen 112. The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. Visual output can include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively referred to as "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user interface objects.

觸控式螢幕112具有觸敏式表面、基於觸感及/或觸覺接觸接受來自使用者之輸入之感測器或感測器集合。觸控式螢幕112及顯示控制器156(連同記憶體102中之任何相關聯模組及/或指令集)偵測觸控式螢幕112上之接觸(及接觸之任何移動或中斷)且將所偵測接觸轉換成 與觸控式螢幕112上所顯示的使用者介面物件(例如,一或多個螢幕按鍵、圖示、網頁或影像)之互動。在例示性實施例中,觸控式螢幕112與使用者之間的接觸點對應於使用者的手指。 The touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, a sensor or a collection of sensors that accept input from the user based on touch and/or tactile contact. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (together with any associated modules and/or command sets in the memory 102) detect the contact (and any movement or interruption of the contact) on the touch screen 112 and reset all Detect contact converted into Interaction with user interface objects (for example, one or more screen buttons, icons, web pages, or images) displayed on the touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, the contact point between the touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger.

觸控式螢幕112可使用LCD(液晶顯示器)技術、LPD(發光聚合物顯示器)技術,或者LED(發光二極體)技術,但在其他實施例中可使用其他顯示技術。觸控式螢幕112及顯示控制器156可使用現在已知或稍後開發的複數個觸摸感測技術中之任一者來偵測接觸及其任何移動或中斷,該等技術包括但不限於電容性、電阻性、紅外線及表面聲波技術,以及用於判定與觸控式螢幕112之一或多個接觸點的其他近接感測器陣列或其他元件。在例示性實施例中,使用投影式互電容感測技術,諸如在來自加利福尼亞州之庫珀蒂諾市的Apple公司之iPhone®及iPod Touch®中所發現之彼技術。 The touch screen 112 may use LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) technology, LPD (Light Emitting Polymer Display) technology, or LED (Light Emitting Diode) technology, but other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 can use any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed to detect contact and any movement or interruption thereof, including but not limited to capacitive Resistance, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, and other proximity sensor arrays or other components used to determine one or more contact points with the touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a projection-type mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® of Apple Inc. from Cupertino, California.

在觸控式螢幕112之一些實施例中之觸敏式顯示器可類似於以下美國專利及/或美國專利公開案2002/0015024A1中描述之多點觸敏式觸控板:6,323,846(Westerman等人)、6,570,557(Westerman等人)及/或6,677,932(Westerman),該等專利及專利公開案中之每一者在此以全文引用之方式併入。然而,觸控式螢幕112顯示來自器件100之視覺輸出,而觸敏式觸控板並不提供視覺輸出。 The touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be similar to the multi-point touch-sensitive touch panel described in the following US patent and/or US patent publication 2002/0015024A1: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.) , 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.) and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), each of these patents and patent publications is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, the touch screen 112 displays visual output from the device 100, and the touch-sensitive touch panel does not provide visual output.

觸控式螢幕112之一些實施例中之觸敏式顯示器可如以下申請案中所描述:(1)2006年5月2日申請的美國專利申請案第11/381,313號「Multipoint Touch Surface Controller」;(2)2004年5月6日申請的美國專利申請案第10/840,862號「Multipoint Touchscreen」;(3)2004年7月30日申請的美國專利申請案第10/903,964號「Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(4)2005年1月31日申請的美國專利申請案第11/048,264號「Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(5)2005年1月18日申請的美國專利申請案第11/038,590號「Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(6)2005年9月16日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,758號「Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface」;(7)2005年9月16日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,700號「Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface」;(8)2005年9月16日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,737號「Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard」;及(9)2006年3月3日申請的美國專利申請案第11/367,749號「Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device」。所有此等申請案以全文引用之方式併入本文中。 The touch sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be as described in the following applications: (1) US Patent Application No. 11/381,313 "Multipoint Touch Surface Controller" filed on May 2, 2006 ; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862 "Multipoint Touchscreen" filed on May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964 filed on July 30, 2004 "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices"; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264 "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices" filed on January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264 filed on January 18, 2005 11/038, No. 590 "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices"; (6) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,758 filed on September 16, 2005 "Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface"; (7) September 2005 U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,700 "Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface" filed on 16th; (8) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,737 "Activating Virtual Keys Of" filed on September 16, 2005 A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard"; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/367,749 "Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device" filed on March 3, 2006. All such applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

觸控式螢幕112可具有超過100dpi之視訊解析度。在一些實施例中,觸控式螢幕具有近似160dpi之視訊解析度。使用者可使用任何合適之物件或附件(諸如,觸控筆、手指等等)與觸控式螢幕112接觸。在一些實施例中,使用者介面經設計以主要與基於手指之接觸及手勢一起起作用,基於手指之接觸及手勢可歸因於手指在觸控式螢幕上之較大接觸面積而與基於觸控筆之輸入相比較不精密。在一些實施例中,器件將基於手指之粗糙輸入轉化成精密指標/游標位置或命令以用於執行使用者所要動作。 The touch screen 112 may have a video resolution exceeding 100dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user can use any suitable objects or accessories (such as stylus, fingers, etc.) to contact the touch screen 112. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to mainly work with finger-based contacts and gestures. The finger-based contacts and gestures can be attributed to the larger contact area of the fingers on the touch screen. The pen input is relatively imprecise. In some embodiments, the device converts rough finger-based input into precise indicators/cursor positions or commands for performing user actions.

在一些實施例中,除觸控式螢幕之外,器件100可包括用於啟動或去啟動特定功能之觸控板(未圖示)。在一些實施例中,觸控板為器件之觸敏式區域,不同於觸控式螢幕,其並不顯示視覺輸出。觸控板可為與觸控式螢幕112分離之觸敏式表面,或由觸控式螢幕所形成之觸敏式表面的延伸部。 In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, the device 100 may include a touch pad (not shown) for activating or deactivating specific functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device, unlike a touch screen, which does not display visual output. The touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface separate from the touch screen 112, or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

器件100亦包括用於為各種組件供電之電力系統162。電力系統162可包括電力管理系統、一或多個電源(例如,電池、交流電(AC))、再充電系統、電力故障偵測電路、功率轉換器或變換器、電力狀態指示符(例如,發光二極體(LED))及與攜帶型器件中之電力之 產生、管理及分佈相關聯之任何其他組件。 The device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering various components. The power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., batteries, alternating current (AC)), recharging systems, power failure detection circuits, power converters or converters, power status indicators (e.g., illuminated Diode (LED)) and power in portable devices Generate, manage and distribute any other associated components.

器件100亦可包括一或多個光學感測器164。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之光學感測器控制器158的光學感測器。光學感測器164可包括電荷耦合器件(CCD)或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)光電晶體。光學感測器164接收經由一或多個透鏡投射之環境光且將光轉換成表示影像之資料。結合成像模組143(亦稱為攝影機模組),光學感測器164可捕獲靜態影像或視訊。在一些實施例中,光學感測器位於器件100之背面,與器件之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對,使得觸控式螢幕顯示器可用作靜態及/或視訊影像獲取之尋視器。在一些實施例中,光學感測器位於器件之正面上,使得在使用者檢視觸控式螢幕顯示器上之其他視訊會議參與者時,可獲得使用者之影像以用於視訊會議。在一些實施例中,光學感測器164之位置可由使用者(例如,藉由旋轉器件外殼中之透鏡及感測器)改變,使得單一光學感測器164可連同觸控式螢幕顯示器一起用於視訊會議及靜態及/或視訊影像獲取兩者。 The device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows the optical sensor coupled to the optical sensor controller 158 in the I/O subsystem 106. The optical sensor 164 may include a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) photoelectric crystal. The optical sensor 164 receives ambient light projected through one or more lenses and converts the light into data representing an image. Combined with the imaging module 143 (also referred to as a camera module), the optical sensor 164 can capture still images or videos. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite to the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display can be used as a finder for static and/or video image acquisition . In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the front side of the device, so that when the user views other video conference participants on the touch screen display, the user's image can be obtained for the video conference. In some embodiments, the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (for example, by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing), so that a single optical sensor 164 can be used with a touch screen display Both in video conferencing and static and/or video image acquisition.

器件100視情況亦包括一或多個接觸強度感測器165。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之強度感測器控制器159的接觸強度感測器。接觸強度感測器165視情況包括一或多個壓阻式應變計、電容式力感測器、電動力感測器、壓電式力感測器、光學力感測器、電容式觸敏式表面或其他強度感測器(例如,用於量測觸敏式表面上之接觸的力(或壓力)之感測器)。接觸強度感測器165自環境接收接觸強度資訊(例如,壓力資訊或壓力資訊之代理)。在一些實施例中,至少一接觸強度感測器與觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器系統112)共置或接近該表面。在一些實施例中,至少一接觸強度感測器位於器件100之背面上,與位於器件100之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對。 The device 100 also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 as appropriate. FIG. 1A shows the contact intensity sensor coupled to the intensity sensor controller 159 in the I/O subsystem 106. The contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electrodynamic sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch sensors Type surface or other intensity sensor (for example, a sensor used to measure the force (or pressure) of contact on a touch-sensitive surface). The contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (for example, pressure information or a proxy of pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is co-located with or close to the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite to the touch screen display 112 located on the front of the device 100.

器件100亦可包括一或多個近接感測器166。圖1A展示耦接至周 邊器件介面118之近接感測器166。替代地,近接感測器166可耦接至I/O子系統106中之輸入控制器160。近接感測器166可如以下美國專利申請案中所描述般執行:第11/241,839號「Proximity Detector In Handheld Device」;第11/240,788號「Proximity Detector In Handheld Device」;第11/620,702號「Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output」;第11/586,862號「Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices」;及第11/638,251號「Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals」,該等申請案在此以全文引用之方式併入。在一些實施例中,當多功能器件靠近使用者之耳朵置放時(例如,當使用者正進行電話呼叫時),近接感測器關閉且停用觸控式螢幕112。 The device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. Figure 1A shows the coupling to Zhou The proximity sensor 166 of the edge device interface 118. Alternatively, the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to the input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The proximity sensor 166 can perform as described in the following US patent applications: No. 11/241,839 "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; No. 11/240,788 "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; No. 11/620,702 Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; No. 11/586,862 "Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices"; and No. 11/638,251 "Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals", these applications The case is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, when the multifunctional device is placed close to the user's ear (for example, when the user is making a phone call), the proximity sensor is turned off and the touch screen 112 is disabled.

器件100視情況亦包括一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之觸感回饋控制器161的觸覺輸出產生器。觸覺輸出產生器167視情況包括一或多個電聲器件(諸如,揚聲器或其他音訊組件),及/或將能量轉換成線性運動之機電器件,諸如馬達、螺線管、電活性聚合物、壓電致動器、靜電致動器,或其他觸覺輸出產生組件(例如,將電信號轉換成器件上之觸覺輸出的組件)。接觸強度感測器165接收來自觸感回饋模組133之觸覺回饋產生指令且在器件100上產生能夠由器件100之使用者感測到的觸覺輸出。在一些實施例中,至少一觸覺輸出產生器與觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器系統112)共置,或接近該表面,且視情況藉由垂直(例如,進入/離開器件100之表面)或橫向(例如,在與器件100之表面相同的平面中來回)地移動觸敏式表面而產生觸覺輸出。在一些實施例中,至少一觸覺輸出產生器感測器位於器件100之背面上,與位於器件100之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對。 The device 100 also includes one or more haptic output generators 167 as appropriate. FIG. 1A shows the haptic output generator coupled to the haptic feedback controller 161 in the I/O subsystem 106. The haptic output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices (such as speakers or other audio components), and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion, such as motors, solenoids, electroactive polymers, Piezoelectric actuators, electrostatic actuators, or other tactile output generating components (for example, components that convert electrical signals into tactile output on the device). The contact intensity sensor 165 receives the tactile feedback generation command from the tactile feedback module 133 and generates a tactile output on the device 100 that can be sensed by the user of the device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is co-located with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112), or close to the surface, and optionally by vertical (e.g., entering/exiting device 100) The surface) or laterally (for example, moving the touch-sensitive surface back and forth in the same plane as the surface of the device 100) to generate a tactile output. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite to the touch screen display 112 located on the front of the device 100.

器件100亦可包括一或多個加速度計168。圖1A展示耦接至周邊 器件介面118之加速度計168。替代地,加速度計168可耦接至I/O子系統106中之輸入控制器160。加速度計168可如以下各者中描述般執行:美國專利公開案第20050190059號「Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices」及美國專利公開案第20060017692號「Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer」,該等申請案兩者以全文引用之方式併入本文中。在一些實施例中,基於自一或多個加速度計所接收的資料分析,將資訊顯示於縱向視圖或橫向視圖中之觸控式螢幕顯示器上。除了加速度計168外,器件100視情況包括磁力計(未展示)及GPS(或GLONASS或其他全球導航系統)接收器(未展示)以用於獲得與器件100之位置及定向(例如,縱向或橫向)有關之資訊。 The device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168. Figure 1A shows the coupling to the periphery The accelerometer 168 of the device interface 118. Alternatively, the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to the input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The accelerometer 168 can perform as described in each of the following: U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059 "Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices" and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692 "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based" On An Accelerometer", both of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, based on analysis of data received from one or more accelerometers, the information is displayed on the touch screen display in portrait view or landscape view. In addition to the accelerometer 168, the device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining the position and orientation (for example, longitudinal or Horizontal) related information.

在一些實施例中,儲存於記憶體102中之軟體組件包括作業系統126、通信模組(或指令集)128、接觸/運動模組(或指令集)130、圖形模組(或指令集)132、文字輸入模組(或指令集)134、全球定位系統(GPS)模組(或指令集)135及應用程式(或指令集)136。此外,在一些實施例中,記憶體102(圖1A)或370(圖3)儲存器件/全域內部狀態157,如圖1A及圖3中所示。器件/全域內部狀態157包括以下中之一或多者:作用中應用程式狀態(指示哪些應用程式(若存在)當前正在作用中);顯示器狀態(指示哪些應用程式、視圖或其他資訊佔用觸控式螢幕顯示器112之各種區域);感測器狀態(包括自器件之各種感測器及輸入控制器件116獲得的資訊);及關於器件之位置及/或姿態的位置資訊。 In some embodiments, the software components stored in the memory 102 include an operating system 126, a communication module (or instruction set) 128, a contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, and a graphics module (or instruction set) 132, a text input module (or instruction set) 134, a global positioning system (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135, and an application program (or instruction set) 136. In addition, in some embodiments, the memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores the device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. The device/global internal status 157 includes one or more of the following: active application status (indicating which applications (if any) are currently active); display status (indicating which applications, views or other information occupy the touch The various areas of the screen display 112); the sensor status (including information obtained from the various sensors of the device and the input control device 116); and the location information about the location and/or posture of the device.

作業系統126(例如,Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、OS X、iOS、WINDOWS,或諸如VxWorks之嵌入式作業系統)包括用於控制及管理通用系統任務(例如,記憶體管理、儲存器件控制、電力管理等)之各種軟體組件及/或驅動程式,且促進各種硬體組件與軟體組件 之間的通信。 The operating system 126 (for example, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes general system tasks (for example, memory management, storage device control, Power management, etc.) various software components and/or drivers, and promote various hardware components and software components Communication between.

通信模組128促進經由一或多個外部埠124與其他器件之通信且亦包括用於處置藉由RF電路108及/或外部埠124接收之資料的各種軟體組件。外部埠124(例如,通用串列匯流排(USB)、FIREWIRE等)經調適用於直接耦接至其他器件或經由網路(例如,網際網路、無線LAN等)間接耦接。在一些實施例中,外部埠為多接腳(例如,30接腳)連接器,其與iPod®(Apple公司商標)器件上使用的30接腳連接器相同或類似及/或相容。 The communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices via one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for processing data received through the RF circuit 108 and/or the external ports 124. The external port 124 (for example, universal serial bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted to be directly coupled to other devices or indirectly coupled via a network (for example, the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (for example, 30-pin) connector, which is the same or similar and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

接觸/運動模組130視情況偵測與觸控式螢幕112(結合顯示控制器156)及其他觸敏式器件(例如,觸控板或實體點選輪)之接觸。接觸/運動模組130包括用於執行與接觸偵測相關之各種操作的各種軟體組件,諸如判定是否已發生接觸(例如,偵測手指向下事件)、判定接觸之強度(例如,接觸之力或壓力或接觸之力或壓力的替代物)、判定接觸是否存在移動及橫跨觸敏式表面追蹤該移動(例如,偵測一或多個手指拖曳事件),及判定接觸是否已停止(例如,偵測手指向上事件或接觸中斷)。接觸/運動模組130接收來自觸敏式表面之接觸資料。判定接觸點之移動(其由一系列接觸資料表示)視情況包括判定接觸點之速率(量值)、速度(量值及方向)及/或加速度(量值及/或方向之變化)。視情況將此等操作應用於單個的接觸(例如,一個手指接觸)或應用於多個同時接觸(例如,「多觸摸」/多個手指接觸)。在一些實施例中,接觸/運動模組130及顯示控制器156偵測觸控板上之接觸。 The contact/motion module 130 detects contact with the touch screen 112 (in combination with the display controller 156) and other touch sensitive devices (for example, a touch pad or a physical click wheel) as appropriate. The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to contact detection, such as determining whether a contact has occurred (for example, detecting a finger downward event), determining the strength of the contact (for example, the force of the contact) Or pressure or contact force or a substitute for pressure), determine whether the contact has moved, track the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (for example, detect one or more finger drag events), and determine whether the contact has stopped (for example , Detect finger upward event or contact interruption). The contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining the movement of the contact point (represented by a series of contact data), depending on the situation, includes determining the velocity (quantity), speed (quantity and direction) and/or acceleration (change in quantity and/or direction) of the contact point. Depending on the situation, these operations are applied to a single contact (for example, one finger contact) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (for example, "multi-touch"/multiple finger contact). In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 detect contact on the touch panel.

在一些實施例中,接觸/運動模組130使用一或多個強度臨限值之集合,以判定使用者是否已執行操作(例如,判定使用者是否已「點擊」圖示)。在一些實施例中,根據軟體參數判定強度臨限值之至少一子集(例如,強度臨限值並非藉由特定實體致動器之啟動臨限值判定,且其可在不改變器件100之實體硬體之情況下經調整)。舉例而 言,可在不改變軌跡墊或觸控式螢幕顯示器硬體的情況下,將軌跡墊或觸控式螢幕顯示器之滑鼠「點擊」臨限值設定為較大範圍之預定義臨限值中之任一者。另外,在一些實施中,器件之使用者具備用於調整強度臨限值之集合中的一或多者之軟體設定(例如,藉由調整個別強度臨限值,及/或藉由用系統位準之點擊「強度」參數一次調整複數個強度臨限值)。 In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether the user has performed an operation (for example, to determine whether the user has "clicked" on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity threshold is determined according to software parameters (for example, the intensity threshold is not determined by the activation threshold of a specific physical actuator, and it can be determined without changing the device 100 Adjusted in the case of physical hardware). For example In other words, the mouse "click" threshold of the trackpad or touch screen display can be set to a larger range of predefined thresholds without changing the hardware of the track pad or touch screen display Any of them. In addition, in some implementations, the user of the device has software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (for example, by adjusting individual intensity thresholds, and/or by using the system bit Click the "Intensity" parameter to adjust multiple intensity thresholds at a time).

接觸/運動模組130視情況偵測由使用者所輸入之手勢。觸敏式表面上之不同手勢具有不同的接觸圖案(例如,偵測到之接觸的不同運動、時序及/或強度)。因此,視情況藉由偵測特定接觸圖案而偵測手勢。舉例而言,偵測手指輕觸手勢包括偵測手指向下事件,繼之以在與手指向下事件相同之位置(或實質上相同之位置)(例如,在圖示之位置)偵測手指向上(抬起)事件。作為另一實例,偵測觸敏式表面上之手指滑移手勢包括偵測手指向下事件,繼之以偵測一或多個手指拖曳事件,且隨後繼之以偵測手指向上(抬起)事件。 The contact/motion module 130 detects the gesture input by the user as appropriate. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (for example, different movements, timing, and/or intensity of the detected contact). Therefore, depending on the situation, the gesture is detected by detecting a specific contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger touch gesture includes detecting a finger downward event, followed by detecting the finger at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger downward event (for example, at the position shown in the figure) Up (lift) event. As another example, detecting a finger sliding gesture on a touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger downward event, followed by detecting one or more finger drag events, and then detecting finger upward (lifting) )event.

圖形模組132包括用於在觸控式螢幕112或其他顯示器上顯現及顯示圖形的各種已知軟體組件,包括用於改變所顯示之圖形的視覺效果(例如,亮度、透明度、飽和度、對比度或其他視覺性質)之組件。如本文中所使用,術語「圖形」包括可向使用者顯示之任何物件,包括但不限於文字、網頁、圖示(諸如包括軟鍵在內之使用者介面物件)、數位影像、視訊、動畫及其類似者。 The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for visualizing and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112 or other displays, including for changing the visual effects of the displayed graphics (for example, brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast) Or other visual properties) components. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to the user, including but not limited to text, web pages, icons (such as user interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, and animations And the like.

在一些實施例中,圖形模組132儲存表示待使用之圖形之資料。視情況將每一圖形指派至對應程式碼。圖形模組132自應用程式等接收指定待顯示之圖形之一或多個程式碼,以及座標資料及其他圖形性質資料(若必要),且隨後產生螢幕影像資料以輸出至顯示控制器156。 In some embodiments, the graphics module 132 stores data representing the graphics to be used. Assign each graphic to the corresponding code as appropriate. The graphics module 132 receives one or more program codes of the specified graphics to be displayed, and coordinate data and other graphics property data (if necessary) from the application program, and then generates screen image data to output to the display controller 156.

觸感回饋模組133包括各種軟體組件以用於產生由觸覺輸出產生 器167所使用之指令,以回應於使用者與器件100之互動在器件100上之一或多個位置處產生觸覺輸出。 The tactile feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating tactile output. The command used by the device 167 generates tactile output at one or more positions on the device 100 in response to the user's interaction with the device 100.

文字輸入模組134(其可為圖形模組132之組件)提供用於在各種應用程式(例如,聯絡人137、電子郵件140、IM 141、瀏覽器147及需要文字輸入之任何其他應用程式)中鍵入文字之軟鍵盤。 The text input module 134 (which can be a component of the graphics module 132) is provided for use in various applications (for example, contact 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147 and any other applications that require text input) Soft keyboard for typing in text.

GPS模組135判定器件之位置,且提供此資訊供各個應用程式使用(例如提供給電話138,供在基於位置之撥號中使用;提供給攝影機143,作為圖片/視訊後設資料;以及提供給提供基於位置之服務之應用程式,諸如天氣介面工具集、本地黃頁介面工具集,及地圖/導航介面工具集)。 The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use by various applications (for example, it is provided to the phone 138 for use in location-based dialing; it is provided to the camera 143 as picture/video post-data; and it is provided to Applications that provide location-based services, such as weather interface tool set, local yellow page interface tool set, and map/navigation interface tool set).

應用程式136可包括以下模組(或指令集),或其子集或超集:˙聯絡人模組137(有時被稱為通訊錄或聯絡人清單);˙電話模組138;˙視訊會議模組139;˙電子郵件用戶端模組140;˙即時訊息傳遞(IM)模組141;˙健身支援模組142;˙用於靜態及/或視訊影像之攝影機模組143;˙影像管理模組144;˙視訊播放器模組;˙音樂播放器模組;˙瀏覽器模組147;˙行事曆模組148;˙介面工具集模組149,其可包括以下中之一或多者:天氣介面工具集149-1、股票介面工具集149-2、計算器介面工具集149-3、鬧鐘介面工具集149-4、辭典介面工具集149-5及使用者獲得之其他介面工 具集,以及使用者建立之介面工具集149-6;˙用於產生使用者建立之介面工具集149-6的介面工具集建立者模組150;˙搜尋模組151;˙視訊及音樂播放器模組152,其合併視訊播放器模組與音樂播放器模組;˙筆記模組153;˙地圖模組154;及/或˙連線視訊模組155。 The application program 136 may include the following modules (or command sets), or a subset or superset thereof: ˙contact module 137 (sometimes called address book or contact list); ˙phone module 138; ˙video Conference module 139; ˙E-mail client module 140; ˙Instant messaging (IM) module 141; ˙Fitness support module 142; ˙Camera module 143 for static and/or video images; ˙Image management Module 144; ˙Video player module; ˙Music player module; ˙Browser module 147; ˙Calendar module 148; ˙Interface tool set module 149, which may include one or more of the following : Weather interface tool set 149-1, stock interface tool set 149-2, calculator interface tool set 149-3, alarm interface tool set 149-4, dictionary interface tool set 149-5 and other interface tools available to users Tools, and user-created interface toolset 149-6; ˙Interface toolset creator module 150 used to generate user-created interface tools 149-6; ˙Search module 151; ˙Video and music playback The device module 152, which combines a video player module and a music player module; ˙note module 153; ˙map module 154; and/or ˙connected video module 155.

可儲存於記憶體102中的其他應用程式136之實例包括其他文書處理應用程式、其他影像編輯應用程式、繪圖應用程式、呈現應用程式、具JAVA功能之應用程式、加密、數位版權管理、語音辨識及語音複寫。 Examples of other applications 136 that can be stored in the memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, rendering applications, applications with JAVA functions, encryption, digital rights management, and voice recognition And voice transcription.

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,聯絡人模組137可用於管理通訊錄或聯絡人清單(例如,儲存在記憶體102或記憶體370中之聯絡人模組137之應用程式內部狀態192中),包括:在通訊錄中新增姓名;自通訊錄刪除姓名;使電話號碼、電子郵件位址、實體位址或其他資訊與姓名相關聯;使影像與姓名相關聯;對姓名進行歸類及分類;提供電話號碼或電子郵件位址,以起始及/或促進藉由電話138、視訊會議模組139、電子郵件140或IM 141之通信;等等。 Combined with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132 and the text input module 134, the contact module 137 can be used to manage the address book or contact list (for example, stored in the memory The internal state 192 of the contact module 137 in the body 102 or the memory 370), including: adding a name to the address book; deleting a name from the address book; making phone numbers, email addresses, and physical addresses Or other information associated with names; associate images with names; categorize and classify names; provide phone numbers or email addresses to initiate and/or facilitate the use of telephone 138, video conferencing module 139, Communication by email 140 or IM 141; etc.

結合RF電路108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,電話模組138可用於鍵入對應於電話號碼之字元序列、存取聯絡人模組137中之一或多個電話號碼、修改已鍵入之電話號碼、撥打各別電話號碼、進行交談及當交談完成時斷開連接或掛 斷。如上所述,無線通信可使用複數種通信標準、協定及技術中之任一者。 Combined with RF circuit 108, audio circuit 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132 and text input module 134, the phone module 138 can be used for Type in the character sequence corresponding to the phone number, access one or more phone numbers in the contact module 137, modify the typed phone number, dial individual phone numbers, start a conversation, and disconnect when the conversation is complete or hang Off. As described above, wireless communication can use any of a plurality of communication standards, protocols, and technologies.

結合RF電路108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、光學感測器164、光學感測器控制器158、接觸模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、聯絡人模組137及電話模組138,視訊會議模組139包括用以根據使用者指令而起始、進行及終止使用者與一或多個其他參與者之間的視訊會議之可執行指令。 Combines RF circuit 108, audio circuit 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, The text input module 134, the contact module 137, and the telephone module 138. The video conferencing module 139 includes a video conferencing module for starting, performing, and terminating the video between the user and one or more other participants according to user commands Executable instructions for the meeting.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,電子郵件用戶端模組140包括用以回應於使用者指令而建立、發送、接收及管理電子郵件之可執行指令。結合影像管理模組144,電子郵件用戶端模組140使得非常易於建立及發送帶有用攝影機模組143拍攝之靜態影像或視訊影像之電子郵件。 In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the email client module 140 includes a device for responding to user commands Executable instructions for creating, sending, receiving and managing emails. Combined with the image management module 144, the email client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send emails with static images or video images captured by the camera module 143.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,即時訊息傳遞模組141包括用以鍵入對應於即時訊息之字元序列、修改先前鍵入之字元、傳輸各別即時訊息(例如,對基於電話之即時訊息使用短訊息服務(SMS)或多媒體訊息服務(MMS)協定,或對基於網際網路之即時訊息使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS)、接收即時訊息,及檢視所接收之即時訊息的可執行指令。在一些實施例中,所傳輸及/或接收之即時訊息可包括圖形、相片、音訊檔案、視訊檔案及/或在MMS及/或增強型訊息傳遞服務(EMS)中支援之其他附加檔案。如本文中所使用,「即時訊息傳遞」係指基於電話之訊息(例如,使用SMS或MMS發送之訊息)及基於網際網路之訊息(例如,使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS發送之訊息)兩者。 Combining the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes a word for typing corresponding instant messages Meta-sequence, modification of previously typed characters, transmission of individual instant messages (for example, the use of short message service (SMS) or multimedia message service (MMS) protocols for telephone-based instant messages, or the use of Internet-based instant messages XMPP, SIMPLE or IMPS), receive instant messages, and view executable commands for received instant messages. In some embodiments, the transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and/or other additional files supported in MMS and/or enhanced messaging services (EMS). As used in this article, "instant messaging" refers to both telephone-based messages (for example, messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (for example, messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS) .

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、GPS模組135、地圖模組154及音樂播放器模組,健身支援模組142包括用以建立健身計劃(例如,具有時間、距離及/或卡路里燃燒目標)、與健身感測器(運動器件)通信、接收健身感測器資料、校準用於監控健身之感測器、為健身選擇及播放音樂,及顯示、儲存及傳輸健身資料之可執行指令。 Combining RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154 and music player module, The fitness support module 142 includes functions for establishing a fitness plan (for example, with time, distance and/or calorie burning goals), communicating with fitness sensors (exercise devices), receiving fitness sensor data, and calibrating for monitoring fitness. Sensors, select and play music for fitness, and execute instructions for displaying, storing and transmitting fitness data.

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、光學感測器164、光學感測器控制器158、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及影像管理模組144,攝影機模組143包括用以捕獲靜態影像或視訊(包括視訊流)及將其儲存至記憶體102中、修改靜態影像或視訊之特性或自記憶體102刪除靜態影像或視訊的可執行指令。 In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the optical sensor 164, the optical sensor controller 158, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132 and the image management module 144, the camera module 143 includes Executable commands for capturing still images or videos (including video streams) and storing them in the memory 102, modifying the characteristics of the still images or videos, or deleting still images or videos from the memory 102.

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及攝影機模組143,影像管理模組144包括用以配置、修改(例如,編輯)或以其他方式操控、標記、刪除、呈現(例如,以數位幻燈片或專輯)及儲存靜態及/或視訊影像的可執行指令。 Combined with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the camera module 143, the image management module 144 includes configuration, modification (for example, editing ) Or other executable instructions for manipulating, marking, deleting, presenting (for example, as a digital slide show or album), and storing static and/or video images.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,瀏覽器模組147包括用以根據使用者指令瀏覽網際網路之可執行指令,包括搜索、鏈接至、接收及顯示網頁或其部分,以及鏈接至網頁之附加檔案及其他檔案。 Combined with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132 and the text input module 134, the browser module 147 includes a browser module for browsing the Internet according to user commands The executable commands include searching, linking to, receiving and displaying web pages or parts thereof, as well as additional files and other files linked to web pages.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、電子郵件用戶端模組140及瀏覽器模組147,行事曆模組148包括用以根據使用者指令建立、顯示、修改及儲存行事曆及與行事曆相關聯之資料(例如,行事曆輸入項、代辦事件清單等)的可執行指令。 Combining RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, email client module 140 and browser module 147, calendar The module 148 includes executable instructions for creating, displaying, modifying, and storing a calendar and data associated with the calendar (for example, calendar input items, agent event list, etc.) according to user instructions.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及瀏覽器模組147,介面工具 集模組149為可由使用者下載及使用之微型應用程式(例如,天氣介面工具集149-1、股票介面工具集149-2、計算器介面工具集149-3、鬧鐘介面工具集149-4及辭典介面工具集149-5)或由使用者建立之微型應用程式(例如,使用者建立之介面工具集149-6)。在一些實施例中,介面工具集包括HTML(超文字標記語言)檔案、CSS(級聯式表單)檔案及JavaScript檔案。在一些實施例中,介面工具集包括XML(可延伸標記語言)檔案及JavaScript檔案(例如,Yahoo!介面工具集)。 Combining RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134 and browser module 147, interface tools The collection module 149 is a micro application that can be downloaded and used by the user (for example, weather interface tool set 149-1, stock interface tool set 149-2, calculator interface tool set 149-3, alarm interface tool set 149-4 And the dictionary interface tool set 149-5) or a mini-application created by the user (for example, the user interface tool set 149-6). In some embodiments, the interface tool set includes HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) files, CSS (Cascading Forms) files, and JavaScript files. In some embodiments, the interface toolset includes XML (Extensible Markup Language) files and JavaScript files (for example, Yahoo! Interface Toolset).

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及瀏覽器模組147,介面工具集建立者模組150可由使用者使用以建立介面工具集(例如,將網頁之使用者所指定部分變成介面工具集)。 Combined with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the browser module 147, the interface tool set creator module 150 can be used Use it to create an interface tool set (for example, to turn a user-specified part of a web page into an interface tool set).

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,搜尋模組151包括用以根據使用者指令在記憶體102中搜尋匹配一或多個搜尋準則(例如,一或多個使用者指定搜尋項目)之文字、音樂、聲音、影像、視訊及/或其他檔案的可執行指令。 In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the search module 151 includes a search module for searching for a match in the memory 102 according to user instructions. Multiple search criteria (for example, one or more user-specified search items) executable commands for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files.

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、RF電路108及瀏覽器模組147,視訊及音樂播放器模組152包括允許使用者下載及播放以一或多個檔案格式儲存之所記錄的音樂及其他聲音檔案(諸如MP3或AAC檔案)的可執行指令,及用以顯示、呈現或以其他方式播放視訊(例如,在觸控式螢幕112上或在經由外部埠124連接之外部顯示器上)的可執行指令。在一些實施例中,器件100視情況包括諸如iPod(Apple公司之商標)之MP3播放器的功能性。 Combined with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, the RF circuit 108 and the browser module 147, the video and music player module 152 includes Executable commands that allow users to download and play recorded music and other sound files (such as MP3 or AAC files) stored in one or more file formats, and to display, present, or otherwise play video (for example, Executable commands on the touch screen 112 or on an external display connected via the external port 124). In some embodiments, the device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player such as an iPod (a trademark of Apple Inc.).

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,筆記模組153包括用以根據使用者指令 而建立及管理筆記、代辦事件清單及其類似物之可執行指令。 Combined with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the note-taking module 153 includes a device for controlling The executable instructions for creating and managing notes, agent event lists and the like.

結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、GPS模組135及瀏覽器模組147,地圖模組154可用於根據使用者指令接收、顯示、修改及儲存地圖及與地圖相關聯之資料(例如,駕駛方向;儲存器上之資料及特定位置處或附近之所關注的其他點;及其他基於位置之資料)。 Combining RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135 and browser module 147, map module 154 is available To receive, display, modify, and store maps and map-related data (for example, driving directions; data on storage and other points of interest at or near specific locations; and other location-based data) according to user instructions ).

結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、RF電路108、文字輸入模組134、電子郵件用戶端模組140及瀏覽器模組147,連線視訊模組155包括允許使用者存取、瀏覽、接收(例如,藉由串流及/或下載)、播放(例如,在觸控式螢幕上或在經由外部埠124連接之外部顯示器上)、發送具有至特定連線視訊之鏈路的電子郵件且以其他方式管理一或多個檔案格式(諸如H.264)之連線視訊的指令。在一些實施例中,即時訊息傳遞模組141而非電子郵件用戶端模組140用於發送至特定連線視訊之鏈路。連線視訊應用程式之額外描述可在以下各者中找到:2007年6月20日申請之美國臨時專利申請案第60/936,562號「Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos」及2007年12月31日申請之美國專利申請案第11/968,067號「Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos」,該等申請案之內容在此以全文引用之方式併入。 Combines touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuit 110, speaker 111, RF circuit 108, text input module 134, email client module 140 and browsing 147. The connected video module 155 includes allowing users to access, browse, receive (for example, by streaming and/or downloading), and play (for example, on the touch screen or on the external port 124 On the connected external display), send an email with a link to a specific connected video, and manage the connected video in one or more file formats (such as H.264) in other ways. In some embodiments, the instant messaging module 141 instead of the email client module 140 is used to send the link to the specific connected video. Additional descriptions of online video applications can be found in the following: US Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562 "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos" filed on June 20, 2007 And US Patent Application No. 11/968,067 "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos" filed on December 31, 2007. The contents of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. .

以上所識別模組及應用程式中之每一者對應於用於執行上文描述之一或多個功能及描述於本申請案中之方法(例如,本文所描述之電腦實施方法及其他資訊處理方法)的可執行指令集。此等模組(例如,指令集)無需實施為單獨之軟體程式、程序或模組,且因此在各種實施例中,可組合或以其他方式重新配置此等模組之各種子集。舉 例而言,視訊播放器模組可與音樂播放器模組組合成單一模組(例如,視訊及音樂播放器模組152,圖1A)。在一些實施例中,記憶體102可儲存上文所識別之模組及資料結構的子集。此外,記憶體102可儲存上文未描述之額外模組及資料結構。 Each of the above identified modules and application programs corresponds to the method used to perform one or more of the functions described above and described in this application (for example, the computer implementation method described herein and other information processing Method) executable instruction set. These modules (eg, instruction sets) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and therefore, in various embodiments, various subsets of these modules can be combined or otherwise reconfigured. Lift For example, the video player module can be combined with the music player module into a single module (for example, the video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, the memory 102 can store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. In addition, the memory 102 can store additional modules and data structures not described above.

在一些實施例中,器件100為經由觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板排他地執行器件上之預定義功能集合之操作的器件。藉由將觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板用作用於器件100之操作的主要輸入控制器件,可減少器件100上之實體輸入控制器件(諸如,推按按鈕、撥號盤及類似者)的數目。 In some embodiments, the device 100 is a device that exclusively performs operations of a predefined set of functions on the device via a touch screen and/or a touch pad. By using the touch screen and/or touch pad as the main input control device for the operation of the device 100, the physical input control device (such as push buttons, dials and the like) on the device 100 can be reduced number.

經由觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板排他地執行之預定義功能集合視情況包括使用者介面之間的導航。在一些實施例中,當由使用者觸摸時,觸控板將器件100自顯示於器件100上之任何使用者介面導航至主要、首頁或根功能表。在此等實施例中,使用觸控板實施「功能表按鈕」。在一些其他實施例中,功能表按鈕為實體推按按鈕或其他實體輸入控制器件,而非觸控板。 The set of predefined functions that are exclusively executed via the touch screen and/or touch pad include navigation between user interfaces as appropriate. In some embodiments, when touched by a user, the touchpad navigates the device 100 from any user interface displayed on the device 100 to the main, homepage, or root menu. In these embodiments, the touchpad is used to implement "function table buttons". In some other embodiments, the function table button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.

圖1B為說明根據一些實施例之用於事件處置之例示性組件的方塊圖。在一些實施例中,記憶體102(圖1A)或370(圖3)包括事件分類器170(例如,在作業系統126中)及各別應用程式136-1(例如,前述應用程式137至151、155、380至390中的任一者)。 Figure 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, the memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes an event classifier 170 (for example, in the operating system 126) and respective applications 136-1 (for example, the aforementioned applications 137 to 151). , 155, 380 to 390).

事件分類器170接收事件資訊且判定傳送事件資訊至應用程式136-1及應用程式136-1之應用程式視圖191中之哪一者。事件分類器170包括事件監視器171及事件分派程式模組174。在一些實施例中,應用程式136-1包括應用程式內部狀態192,其指示在應用程式處於作用中或正在執行時觸敏式顯示器112上所顯示的當前應用程式視圖。在一些實施例中,事件分類器170使用器件/全域內部狀態157以判定哪一或哪些應用程式當前處於作用中,且事件分類器170使用應用程 式內部狀態192以判定傳送事件資訊至哪些應用程式視圖191。 The event classifier 170 receives the event information and determines which of the application 136-1 and the application view 191 of the application 136-1 to send the event information. The event classifier 170 includes an event monitor 171 and an event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, the application 136-1 includes an application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view displayed on the touch-sensitive display 112 while the application is active or running. In some embodiments, the event classifier 170 uses the device/global internal state 157 to determine which application or applications are currently active, and the event classifier 170 uses the application The internal state 192 is used to determine which application views 191 to send event information to.

在一些實施例中,應用程式內部狀態192包括額外信息,諸如以下中之一或多者:當應用程式136-1恢復執行時將使用之恢復資訊,指示正在顯示的資訊或準備由應用程式136-1顯示之使用者介面狀態資訊,用於使得使用者能夠返回應用程式136-1的之前狀態或視圖的狀態佇列及由使用者採取之前述動作之重做/撤銷佇列。 In some embodiments, the application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of the following: recovery information that will be used when the application 136-1 resumes execution, indicating the information being displayed or ready to be used by the application 136 -1 The user interface status information displayed is used to enable the user to return to the previous status or view status queue of the application 136-1 and the redo/undo queue of the aforementioned actions taken by the user.

事件監視器171自周邊器件介面118接收事件資訊。事件資訊包括關於子事件(例如,作為多點觸控手勢的一部分的觸敏式顯示器112上之使用者觸摸)的資訊。周邊器件介面118傳輸其自I/O子系統106或諸如近接感測器166之感測器、加速度計168及/或麥克風113(經由音訊電路110)接收之資訊。周邊器件介面118自I/O子系統106接收之資訊包括來自觸敏式顯示器112或觸敏式表面之資訊。 The event monitor 171 receives event information from the peripheral device interface 118. The event information includes information about sub-events (for example, a user's touch on the touch-sensitive display 112 as part of a multi-touch gesture). The peripheral device interface 118 transmits information received from the I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor such as the proximity sensor 166, the accelerometer 168, and/or the microphone 113 (via the audio circuit 110). The information received by the peripheral device interface 118 from the I/O subsystem 106 includes information from the touch-sensitive display 112 or touch-sensitive surface.

在一些實施例中,事件監視器171以預定時間間隔發送請求至周邊器件介面118。作為回應,周邊器件介面118傳輸事件資訊。在其他實施例中,周邊器件介面118僅在存在顯著事件(例如,接收預定雜訊臨限值以上及/或超過預定持續時間之輸入)時傳輸事件資訊。 In some embodiments, the event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripheral device interface 118 at predetermined time intervals. In response, the peripheral device interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, the peripheral device interface 118 only transmits event information when there is a significant event (for example, receiving input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or exceeding a predetermined duration).

在一些實施例中,事件分類器170亦包括點擊視圖(hit view)判定模組172及/或作用中事件辨識器判定模組173。 In some embodiments, the event classifier 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.

點擊視圖判定模組172提供用於判定當觸敏式顯示器112顯示一個以上視圖時子事件在一或多個視圖內何處發生的軟體程序。視圖由使用者可在顯示器上看見之控制件及其他元件構成。 The click view determination module 172 provides a software program for determining where the sub-event occurs in one or more views when the touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. The view is made up of controls and other elements that the user can see on the display.

與應用程式相關聯之使用者介面之另一態樣為視圖集合(有時在本文中被稱為應用程式視圖或使用者介面視窗),在其中顯示資訊且發生基於觸摸之手勢。其中偵測到觸摸之(各別應用程式之)應用程式視圖可對應於應用程式之程式化或視圖階層內之程式化層級。舉例而言,偵測到觸摸之最低層級視圖可被稱為點擊視圖,且辨識為恰當輸 入之事件集合可至少部分基於開始基於觸摸之手勢的初始觸摸之點擊視圖來判定。 Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a collection of views (sometimes referred to as an application view or a user interface window in this article) in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application view (of each application) where the touch is detected can correspond to the programming of the application or the programming level in the view hierarchy. For example, the lowest-level view where a touch is detected can be called a click view, and it is recognized as a proper input The set of incoming events may be determined based at least in part on the click view that starts the initial touch based on the touch gesture.

點擊視圖判定模組172接收關於基於觸摸之手勢之子事件的資訊。在應用程式具有組織在一階層中之多個視圖時,點擊視圖判定模組172將一點擊視圖識別為該階層中應處置子事件之最低視圖。在大部分情形下,點擊視圖為其中發生起始子事件(例如,形成一事件或潛在事件之子事件序列中之第一子事件)的最低層級視圖。一旦點擊視圖判定模組172識別點擊視圖,該點擊視圖通常接收關於相同觸摸或輸入源之所有子事件,因此其經識別為點擊視圖。 The click view determination module 172 receives information about the child events of the touch-based gesture. When the application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, the click view determination module 172 recognizes a click view as the lowest view in the hierarchy that should handle sub-events. In most cases, the click view is the lowest-level view in which the initial sub-event occurs (for example, the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events forming an event or potential event). Once the click view determination module 172 recognizes the click view, the click view usually receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source, so it is recognized as a click view.

作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定視圖階層內哪一或哪些視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在一些實施例中,作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定僅點擊視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在其他實施例中,作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定包括子事件之實體位置之所有視圖為主動參與之視圖,且因此判定所有主動參與之視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在其他實施例中,即使觸摸子事件完全受限於與一個特定視圖相關聯之區域,階層中較高之視圖仍將保持為主動參與之視圖。 The active event identifier determination module 173 determines which view or views in the view hierarchy should receive a specific sub-event sequence. In some embodiments, the active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the click view should receive a specific sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, the active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views including the physical location of the sub-event are actively participating views, and therefore determines that all actively participating views should receive a specific sub-event sequence. In other embodiments, even if the touch sub-event is completely restricted to the area associated with a particular view, the higher view in the hierarchy will remain as the actively participating view.

事件分派程式模組174分派事件資訊至事件辨識器(例如,事件辨識器180)。在包括作用中事件辨識器判定模組173之實施例中,事件分派程式模組174傳送事件資訊至由作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定之事件辨識器。在一些實施例中,事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊儲存在事件佇列中,由各別事件接收器182擷取該事件佇列。 The event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to the event identifier (for example, the event identifier 180). In an embodiment including the active event recognizer determination module 173, the event dispatcher module 174 transmits event information to the event recognizer determined by the active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, the event dispatcher module 174 stores event information in an event queue, and the respective event receiver 182 retrieves the event queue.

在一些實施例中,作業系統126包括事件分類器170。替代地,應用程式136-1包括事件分類器170。在其他具體實例中,事件分類器170為獨立模組,或儲存在記憶體102中之另一模組(諸如接觸/運動模組130)之一部分。 In some embodiments, the operating system 126 includes an event classifier 170. Alternatively, the application 136-1 includes an event classifier 170. In other specific examples, the event classifier 170 is an independent module, or a part of another module (such as the contact/motion module 130) stored in the memory 102.

在一些實施例中,應用程式136-1包括複數個事件處置程式190及 一或多個應用程式視圖191,該等視圖中之每一者包括用於處置應用程式之使用者介面之各別視圖內發生的觸摸事件的指令。應用程式136-1之每一應用程式視圖191包括一或多個事件辨識器180。通常,各別應用程式視圖191包括複數個事件辨識器180。在其他實施例中,事件辨識器180中之一或多者為獨立模組之一部分,諸如使用者介面套組(未圖示)或應用程式136-1自其繼承方法及其他性質之較高層級物件。在一些實施例中,各別事件處置程式190包括以下中之一或多者:資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177、GUI更新程式178,及/或自事件分類器170所接收之事件資料179。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177或GUI更新程式178來更新應用程式內部狀態192。替代地,應用程式視圖191中之一或多者包括一或多個各別事件處置程式190。又,在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178中之一或多者包括於各別應用程式視圖191中。 In some embodiments, the application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handling programs 190 and One or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur in a separate view of the user interface of the application. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Generally, each application view 191 includes a plurality of event identifiers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of the event recognizer 180 is part of an independent module, such as a user interface set (not shown) or the application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties of higher Hierarchical objects. In some embodiments, each event handling program 190 includes one or more of the following: data update program 176, object update program 177, GUI update program 178, and/or event data 179 received from event classifier 170 . The event handler 190 can use or call the data update program 176, the object update program 177, or the GUI update program 178 to update the internal state 192 of the application. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more individual event handlers 190. Furthermore, in some embodiments, one or more of the data update program 176, the object update program 177, and the GUI update program 178 are included in the respective application view 191.

各別事件辨識器180自事件分類器170接收事件資訊(例如,事件資料179)且自事件資訊識別事件。事件辨識器180包括事件接收器182及事件比較器184。在一些實施例中,事件辨識器180亦包括以下各者之至少一子集:後設資料183及事件傳送指令188(其可包括子事件傳送指令)。 Each event recognizer 180 receives event information (for example, event data 179) from the event classifier 170 and recognizes the event from the event information. The event recognizer 180 includes an event receiver 182 and an event comparator 184. In some embodiments, the event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of the following: the post data 183 and the event transfer command 188 (which may include sub-event transfer commands).

事件接收器182自事件分類器170接收事件資訊。事件資訊包括關於子事件(例如,觸摸或觸摸移動)之資訊。視子事件而定,事件資訊亦包括額外信息,諸如子事件之位置。當子事件有關觸摸之運動時,事件資訊亦可包括子事件之速率及方向。在一些實施例中,事件包括器件自一個定向至另一定向(例如,自縱向定向至橫向定向,或反之亦然)之旋轉,且事件資訊包括關於器件之當前定向(亦被稱為器件姿態)的對應資訊。 The event receiver 182 receives event information from the event classifier 170. The event information includes information about sub-events (for example, touch or touch movement). Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When the sub-event is related to the movement of the touch, the event information can also include the speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes the rotation of the device from one orientation to another (for example, from a vertical orientation to a horizontal orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes information about the current orientation of the device (also referred to as device attitude) ) Corresponding information.

事件比較器184比較事件資訊與預定義事件或子事件定義,且基於該比較,判定事件或子事件或判定或更新事件或子事件之狀態。在一些實施例中,事件比較器184包括事件定義186。事件定義186含有例如事件1(187-1)、事件2(187-2)及其他事件之事件(例如,預定義子事件序列)之定義。在一些實施例中,事件(187)中之子事件包括例如觸摸開始、觸摸結束、觸摸移動、觸摸取消及多個觸摸。在一個實例中,事件1(187-1)之定義為所顯示物件上之雙輕觸。雙輕觸(例如)包含持續預定階段之所顯示物件上之第一觸摸(觸摸開始)、持續預定階段之第一抬起(觸摸結束)、持續預定階段之所顯示物件上之第二觸摸(觸摸開始)及持續預定階段之第二抬起(觸摸結束)。在另一實例中,事件2(187-2)之定義為所顯示物件上之拖曳。拖曳(例如)包含持續預定階段之所顯示物件上之觸摸(或接觸)、觸摸跨觸敏式顯示器112之移動及觸摸之抬起(觸摸結束)。在一些實施例中,事件亦包括用於一或多個相關聯事件處置程式190之資訊。 The event comparator 184 compares the event information with the predefined event or sub-event definition, and based on the comparison, determines the event or sub-event or determines or updates the state of the event or sub-event. In some embodiments, the event comparator 184 includes an event definition 186. The event definition 186 contains definitions of events such as event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2) and other events (for example, predefined sub-event sequence). In some embodiments, the sub-events in the event (187) include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touches. In one example, event 1 (187-1) is defined as a double tap on the displayed object. Double tapping (for example) includes the first touch (touch start) on the displayed object for a predetermined period, the first lifting (touch end) for the predetermined period, and the second touch on the displayed object for the predetermined period ( Touch start) and continue the second lift (touch end) for a predetermined period. In another example, event 2 (187-2) is defined as a drag on the displayed object. Dragging includes, for example, a touch (or contact) on a displayed object for a predetermined period, the movement of the touch across the touch-sensitive display 112, and the lifting of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.

在一些實施例中,事件定義187包括用於各別使用者介面物件之事件之定義。在一些實施例中,事件比較器184執行點擊測試來判定哪一使用者介面物件與子事件相關聯。舉例而言,在三個使用者介面物件顯示於觸敏式顯示器112上之應用程式視圖中,當在觸敏式顯示器112上偵測到觸摸時,事件比較器184執行點擊測試來判定三個使用者介面物件中之哪一者與該觸摸(子事件)相關聯。若每一所顯示物件與各別事件處置程式190相關聯,則事件比較器使用點擊測試之結果來判定應啟動哪一事件處置程式190。舉例而言,事件比較器184選擇與子事件及觸發點擊測試之物件相關聯之事件處置程式。 In some embodiments, the event definition 187 includes event definitions for individual user interface objects. In some embodiments, the event comparator 184 performs a click test to determine which user interface object is associated with the sub-event. For example, in the application view where three user interface objects are displayed on the touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on the touch-sensitive display 112, the event comparator 184 performs a click test to determine three Which of the user interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the click test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, the event comparator 184 selects the event handler associated with the sub-event and the object that triggers the click test.

在一些實施例中,各別事件(187)之定義亦包括延遲事件資訊之傳送直至已測定子事件序列是否對應於事件辨識器之事件類型之後的延遲動作。 In some embodiments, the definition of each event (187) also includes a delayed action after delaying the transmission of event information until it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events corresponds to the event type of the event identifier.

當各別事件辨識器180判定一系列子事件並不匹配事件定義186中之任何事件時,各別事件辨識器180鍵入事件不可能、事件失敗或事件結束狀態,其後忽略基於觸摸之手勢之後續子事件。在此情況下,對於點擊視圖保持作用中之其他事件辨識器(若存在)繼續追蹤及處理進行中的基於觸摸之手勢之子事件。 When each event recognizer 180 determines that a series of sub-events does not match any event in event definition 186, each event recognizer 180 enters the event impossible, event failed, or event end state, and then ignores the touch-based gesture. Subsequent sub-events. In this case, other event recognizers (if any) that remain active for the click view continue to track and process the ongoing touch-based gesture child events.

在一些實施例中,各別事件辨識器180包括具有指示事件傳送系統應如何執行子事件傳送至主動參與之事件辨識器之可組態性質、旗標及/或清單的後設資料183。在一些實施例中,後設資料183包括指示事件辨識器可如何互動,或能夠彼此互動的可組態性質、旗標及/或清單。在一些實施例中,後設資料183包括指示子事件是否經傳送至視圖或程式化階層中之不同層級的可組態性質、旗標及/或清單。 In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 includes post data 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists indicating how the event delivery system should perform sub-event transmission to the actively participating event recognizers. In some embodiments, the meta data 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists indicating how the event recognizers can interact, or can interact with each other. In some embodiments, the meta data 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether the sub-events are sent to different levels in the view or programming hierarchy.

在一些實施例中,各別事件辨識器180在辨識到事件之一或多個特定子事件時啟動與事件相關聯之事件處置程式190。在一些實施例中,各別事件辨識器180傳送與事件相關聯之事件資訊至事件處置程式190。啟動事件處置程式190不同於發送(及推遲發送)子事件至各別點擊視圖。在一些實施例中,事件辨識器180擲回與所辨識事件相關聯之旗標,且與旗標相關聯之事件處置程式190捕捉該旗標且執行預定義處理程序。 In some embodiments, each individual event recognizer 180 activates the event handler 190 associated with the event when it recognizes one or more specific sub-events of the event. In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 transmits event information associated with the event to the event handler 190. Starting the event handler 190 is different from sending (and deferring sending) sub-events to the respective click views. In some embodiments, the event recognizer 180 throws back the flag associated with the recognized event, and the event handler 190 associated with the flag captures the flag and executes a predefined process.

在一些實施例中,事件傳送指令188包括傳送關於子事件之事件資訊而不啟動事件處置程式的子事件傳送指令。實情為,子事件傳送指令傳送事件資訊至與一系列子事件相關聯之事件處置程式或至主動參與之視圖。與一系列子事件相關聯或具有主動參與之視圖之事件處置程式接收事件資訊且執行預定處理程序。 In some embodiments, the event sending command 188 includes a sub-event sending command that sends event information about the sub-event without activating the event handling program. The reality is that the sub-event sending command sends event information to an event handler associated with a series of sub-events or to an active participant view. Event handlers associated with a series of sub-events or with active participation views receive event information and execute predetermined processing procedures.

在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176產生及更新用於應用程式136-1中之資料。舉例而言,資料更新程式176更新用於聯絡人模組137中之電話號碼或儲存用於視訊播放器模組中之視訊檔案。在一些 實施例中,物件更新程式177產生及更新用於應用程式136-1中之物件。舉例而言,物件更新程式177產生新使用者介面物件或更新使用者介面物件之位置。GUI更新程式178更新GUI。舉例而言,GUI更新程式178準備顯示資訊且將其發送至圖形模組132以用於在觸敏式顯示器上之顯示。 In some embodiments, the data update program 176 generates and updates the data used in the application program 136-1. For example, the data update program 176 updates the phone number used in the contact module 137 or saves the video file used in the video player module. In some In the embodiment, the object update program 177 generates and updates objects used in the application program 136-1. For example, the object update program 177 generates a new user interface object or updates the location of the user interface object. The GUI update program 178 updates the GUI. For example, the GUI update program 178 prepares display information and sends it to the graphics module 132 for display on the touch-sensitive display.

在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190包括或具有對資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178之存取。在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178包括於各別應用程式136-1或應用程式視圖191之單一模組中。在其他實施例中,其包括於兩個或兩個以上軟體模組中。 In some embodiments, the event handler 190 includes or has access to the data update program 176, the object update program 177, and the GUI update program 178. In some embodiments, the data update program 176, the object update program 177, and the GUI update program 178 are included in a single module of the respective application 136-1 or the application view 191. In other embodiments, it is included in two or more software modules.

將理解,關於觸敏式顯示器上之使用者觸摸之事件處置的前文論述亦適用於其他形式之用以操作具有輸入器件之多功能器件100的使用者輸入,並非所有該等使用者輸入都是在觸控式螢幕上起始的。舉例而言,視情況將滑鼠移動及滑鼠按鈕按壓(其視情況與單一或多個鍵盤按壓或保持、接觸移動(諸如觸控板上之輕觸、拖曳、捲動等)、觸控筆輸入、器件之移動、口頭指令、所偵測之眼球移動、生物統計輸入;及/或其任何組合協調)用作對應於定義待辨識之事件的子事件之輸入。 It will be understood that the foregoing discussion on the event handling of user touch on a touch-sensitive display is also applicable to other forms of user input for operating the multifunction device 100 with input devices, and not all such user inputs are Started on the touch screen. For example, move the mouse and press the mouse button as appropriate (it depends on the situation with single or multiple keyboard pressing or holding, contact movement (such as touch on the touchpad, drag, scroll, etc.), touch Pen input, device movement, verbal command, detected eyeball movement, biometric input; and/or any combination coordination thereof) are used as input corresponding to the sub-events defining the event to be recognized.

圖2說明根據一些實施例之具有觸控式螢幕112之攜帶型多功能器件100。觸控螢幕視情況在使用者介面(UI)200內顯示一或多個圖形。在此實施例以及以下描述之其他實施例中,使用者能夠藉由(例如)用一或多個手指202(圖式中並未按比例繪製)或一或多個觸控筆203(圖式中並未按比例繪製)在圖形上作出手勢而選擇圖形中之一或多者。在一些實施例中,當使用者中斷與一或多個圖形之接觸時,發生一或多個圖形之選擇。在一些實施例中,手勢視情況包括已接觸器件100的手指之一或多個輕觸、一或多個滑移(自左至右、自右至左、向上 及/或向下),及/或捲動(自右至左、自左至右、向上及/或向下)。在一些實施或情況下,與圖形之無意接觸並不選擇該圖形。舉例而言,當對應於選擇之手勢為輕觸時,掠過應用程式圖示之滑移手勢視情況並不選擇對應應用程式。 FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch screen 112 according to some embodiments. The touch screen displays one or more graphics in the user interface (UI) 200 as appropriate. In this embodiment and other embodiments described below, the user can, for example, use one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the drawings) or one or more stylus 203 (drawings) (Not drawn to scale) in the graphics to make gestures and select one or more of the graphics. In some embodiments, when the user interrupts the contact with one or more graphics, the selection of one or more graphics occurs. In some embodiments, the gesture includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward And/or down), and/or scrolling (right to left, left to right, up and/or down). In some implementations or situations, unintentional contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, when the gesture corresponding to the selection is tapping, the sliding gesture over the application icon does not select the corresponding application as appropriate.

器件100亦可包括一或多個實體按鈕,諸如「首頁」或功能表按鈕204。如先前所描述,按鈕204可用於導航至可於器件100上執行之應用程式集合中之任何應用程式136。替代性地,在一些實施例中,功能表按鈕實施為顯示於觸控式螢幕112上之GUI中的軟鍵。 The device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as "home" or menu buttons 204. As previously described, the button 204 can be used to navigate to any application 136 in the set of applications executable on the device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu buttons are implemented as soft keys in the GUI displayed on the touch screen 112.

在一個實施例中,器件100包括觸控式螢幕112、功能表按鈕204、用於為器件開/關供電及鎖定器件之推按按鈕206、音量調整按鈕208、用戶識別模組(SIM)卡槽210、耳機插口212,以及插接/充電外部埠124。推按按鈕206視情況地用於藉由按壓該按鈕及保持該按鈕處於按壓狀態達預定義時間間隔來開啟/關閉器件的電源;用於藉由按壓該按鈕及在經過該預定義時間間隔之前釋放該按鈕來鎖定器件;及/或用於解鎖該器件或起始解鎖處理程序。在替代性實施例中,器件100亦接受用於經由麥克風113而啟動或去啟動一些功能的口頭輸入。裝置100亦視情況包括用於偵測觸控式螢幕112上之接觸的強度之一或多個接觸強度感測器165,及/或用於為器件100之使用者產生觸覺輸出的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。 In one embodiment, the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a function table button 204, a push button 206 for powering on/off the device and locking the device, a volume adjustment button 208, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card Slot 210, earphone jack 212, and plug/charge external port 124. Push button 206 is optionally used to turn on/off the power of the device by pressing the button and keeping the button in the pressed state for a predefined time interval; used to press the button and before the predefined time interval elapses Release the button to lock the device; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlocking process. In an alternative embodiment, the device 100 also accepts verbal input used to activate or deactivate some functions via the microphone 113. The device 100 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of the contact on the touch screen 112, and/or one or more for generating tactile output for the user of the device 100 A tactile output generator 167.

圖3為根據一些實施例之具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之例示性多功能器件的方塊圖。器件300不需要為攜帶型的。在一些實施例中,器件300為膝上型電腦、桌上型電腦、平板電腦、多媒體播放器器件、導航器件、教學器件(諸如兒童學習玩具)、遊戲系統,或控制器件(例如,家用控制器或工業控制器)。器件300通常包括一或多個處理單元(CPU)310、一或多個網路或其他通信介面360、記憶體370,及用於互連此等組件之一或多個通信匯流排320。通信匯流排320視情況包括 互連及控制系統組件之間的通信之電路(有時被稱為晶片組)。器件300包括包含顯示器340之輸入/輸出(I/O)介面330,該顯示器通常為觸控式螢幕顯示器。I/O介面330亦視情況包括鍵盤及/或滑鼠(或其他指標器件)350及觸控板355,用於在器件300上產生觸覺輸出之觸覺輸出產生器357(例如,類似於上文參考圖1A所描述之觸覺輸出產生器167)、感測器359(例如,類似於上文參考圖1A所描述之接觸強度感測器165的光學、加速度、近接、觸敏式及/或接觸強度感測器)。記憶體370包括高速隨機存取記憶體,諸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其他隨機存取固態記憶體器件;且視情況包括非揮發性記憶體,諸如一或多個磁碟儲存器件、光碟儲存器件、快閃記憶體器件,或其他非揮發性固態儲存器件。記憶體370視情況包括遠離CPU 310定位之一或多個儲存器件。在一些實施例中,記憶體370儲存類似於攜帶型多功能器件100(圖1A)之記憶體102中所儲存的程式、模組及資料結構之程式、模組及資料結構,或其子集。此外,記憶體370視情況儲存攜帶型多功能器件100之記憶體102中並不存在的額外程式、模組及資料結構。舉例而言,器件300之記憶體370視情況儲存繪圖模組380、呈現模組382、文書處理模組384、網站建立模組386、碟片製作模組388,及/或試算表模組390,而攜帶型多功能器件100(圖1A)之記憶體102視情況並不儲存此等模組。 Figure 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunctional device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to some embodiments. The device 300 does not need to be portable. In some embodiments, the device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, a teaching device (such as children’s learning toys), a game system, or a control device (for example, a home control Or industrial controller). The device 300 generally includes one or more processing units (CPU) 310, one or more network or other communication interfaces 360, a memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication bus 320 includes as appropriate Circuits (sometimes called chipsets) that interconnect and control communication between system components. The device 300 includes an input/output (I/O) interface 330 including a display 340, which is usually a touch screen display. The I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and a touchpad 355, and a touch output generator 357 for generating a touch output on the device 300 (for example, similar to the above The tactile output generator 167 described with reference to FIG. 1A), the sensor 359 (for example, similar to the optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact type of the contact intensity sensor 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1A) Intensity sensor). The memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid-state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, optical disk storage Devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. The memory 370 includes one or more storage devices located away from the CPU 310 as appropriate. In some embodiments, the memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures similar to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in the memory 102 of the portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof . In addition, the memory 370 stores additional programs, modules, and data structures that do not exist in the memory 102 of the portable multifunctional device 100 as appropriate. For example, the memory 370 of the device 300 stores the drawing module 380, the presentation module 382, the word processing module 384, the website creation module 386, the disc production module 388, and/or the spreadsheet module 390 as appropriate. , And the memory 102 of the portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A) does not store these modules as appropriate.

圖3中之上文識別之元件中之每一者可儲存於先前提及之記憶體器件之一或多者中。上文所識別之模組中之每一者對應於用於執行上文所描述之功能的指令集合。上文所識別之模組或程式(例如,指令集合)無需實施為單獨之軟體程式、程序或模組,且因此在各種實施例中,組合或以其他方式重新配置此等模組之各種子集。在一些實施例中,記憶體370可儲存上文所識別之模組及資料結構的子集。此外,記憶體370可儲存上文未描述之額外模組及資料結構。 Each of the above-identified elements in Figure 3 can be stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the modules identified above corresponds to a set of instructions for performing the functions described above. The above-identified modules or programs (for example, instruction sets) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and therefore, in various embodiments, various sub-modules of these modules are combined or otherwise reconfigured set. In some embodiments, the memory 370 can store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. In addition, the memory 370 can store additional modules and data structures not described above.

現在將注意引導朝向可實施於(例如)攜帶型多功能器件100上之使用者介面的實施例。 Attention will now be paid to an embodiment of a user interface that can be implemented on, for example, the portable multifunction device 100.

圖4A說明根據一些實施例之用於攜帶型多功能器件100上之應用程式功能表的例示性使用者介面。類似使用者介面可實施於器件300上。在一些實施例中,使用者介面400包括以下元件,或其子集或超集:˙用於無線通信(諸如蜂巢式及Wi-Fi信號)之信號強度指示符402;˙時間404;˙藍芽指示符405;˙電池狀態指示符406;˙具有用於頻繁使用之應用程式之圖示的系統匣408,該等圖示諸如:○用於電話模組138之圖示416,標記為「電話」,其視情況包括未接來電或語音郵件訊息之數目的指示符414;○用於電子郵件用戶端模組140之圖示418,標記為「郵件」,其視情況包括未讀電子郵件之數目的指示符410;○用於瀏覽器模組147之圖示420,標記為「瀏覽器」;及○用於視訊及音樂播放器模組152(其亦被稱作iPod(Apple公司之商標)模組152)之圖示422,標記為「iPod」;及˙用於其他應用程式之圖示,諸如:○用於IM模組141之圖示424,標記為「訊息」;○用於行事曆模組148之圖示426,標記為「行事曆」;○用於影像管理模組144之圖示428,標記為「相片」;○用於攝影機模組143之圖示430,標記為「攝影機」;○用於連線視訊模組155之圖示432,標記為「連線視訊」; ○用於股票介面工具集149-2之圖示434,標記為「股票」;○用於地圖模組154之圖示436,標記為「地圖」;○用於天氣介面工具集149-1之圖示438,標記為「天氣」;○用於鬧鐘介面工具集149-4之圖示440,標記為「鬧鐘」;○用於健身支援模組142之圖示442,標記為「健身支援」;○用於筆記模組153之圖示444,標記為「筆記」;及○用於設定應用程式或模組之圖示446,標記為「設定」,其提供對用於器件100及其各種應用程式136之設定的存取。 FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for an application menu on the portable multifunction device 100 according to some embodiments. A similar user interface can be implemented on the device 300. In some embodiments, the user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: ˙Signal strength indicator 402 for wireless communication (such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals); ˙Time 404; ˙Blue Bud indicator 405; ˙Battery status indicator 406; ˙System tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: ○Icon 416 for telephone module 138, marked as " "Phone", which includes an indicator 414 for the number of missed calls or voice mail messages as appropriate; ○Icon 418 for the email client module 140, marked as "mail", which includes unread emails as appropriate The number indicator 410; ○ is used for the icon 420 of the browser module 147, marked as "Browser"; and ○ is used for the video and music player module 152 (which is also called iPod (Apple’s Trademark) the icon 422 of the module 152), marked as "iPod"; and ˙Icons used in other applications, such as: ○Icon 424 for IM module 141, marked as "message"; ○Used The icon 426 in the calendar module 148 is marked as "Calendar"; the icon 428 used in the image management module 144 is marked as "photo"; the icon 430 used in the camera module 143 is marked It is the "camera"; ○The icon 432 for the connection video module 155 is marked as "connection video"; ○Icon 434 used in the stock interface tool set 149-2, marked as "stock"; ○Icon 436 used in the map module 154, marked as "map"; ○ used in the weather interface tool set 149-1 Icon 438, marked as "weather"; ○Icon 440 for the alarm clock interface tool set 149-4, marked as "Alarm clock"; ○Icon 442 for the fitness support module 142, marked as "Fitness Support" ○Icon 444 for the note-taking module 153, marked as "Notes"; and ○Icon 446 for the setting of applications or modules, marked as "Settings", which provides a pair of devices 100 and its various Access to application 136 settings.

應注意,圖4A中所說明之圖示標記僅為例示性的。舉例而言,用於視訊及音樂播放器模組152之圖示422標記為「音樂」或「音樂播放器」。其他標記視情況用於各種應用程式圖示。在一些實施例中,用於各別應用程式圖示之標記包括對應於該各別應用程式圖示的應用程式之名稱。在一些實施例中,用於特定應用程式圖示之標記不同於對應於該特定應用程式圖示的應用程式之名稱。 It should be noted that the illustrated signs illustrated in FIG. 4A are only illustrative. For example, the icon 422 for the video and music player module 152 is marked as "music" or "music player". Other marks are used for various application icons as appropriate. In some embodiments, the tag used for the respective application icon includes the name of the application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, the tag used for a specific application icon is different from the name of the application corresponding to the specific application icon.

圖4B說明在具有與顯示器450(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器112)分離的觸敏式表面451(例如,圖3的平板或觸控板355)的器件(例如,圖3的器件300)上之例示性使用者介面。器件300亦視情況包括用於偵測觸敏式表面451上之接觸強度之一或多個接觸強度感測器(例如,感測器357中之一或多者),及/或用於為器件300之使用者產生觸覺輸出的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器359。 FIG. 4B illustrates on a device (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (eg, the tablet or touch pad 355 of FIG. 3) separated from the display 450 (eg, touch screen display 112) The illustrative user interface. The device 300 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors (for example, one or more of the sensors 357) for detecting the contact intensity on the touch-sensitive surface 451, and/or The user of the device 300 generates one or more tactile output generators 359 for tactile output.

儘管將參考觸控式螢幕顯示器112上之輸入給出以下實例中之一些(其中組合觸敏式表面及顯示器),但在一些實施例中,器件偵測與顯示器分離之觸敏式表面上的輸入,如圖4B中所展示。在一些實施例中,觸敏式表面(例如,圖4B中的觸敏式表面451)具有主軸線(例如,圖4B中的主軸線452),該主軸線對應於顯示器(例如,顯示器450)上的主軸線(例如,圖4B中的主軸線453)。根據此等實施例,器 件偵測在對應於顯示器上之各別位置之位置處與觸敏式表面451的接觸(例如,圖4B中之接觸460及接觸462)(例如,在圖4B中,接觸460對應於接觸468且接觸462對應於接觸470)。以此方式,器件在觸敏式表面(例如,圖4B中之觸敏式表面451)所偵測到之使用者輸入(例如,接觸460及462,及其移動)由該器件使用,以在該觸敏式表面與顯示器分離時操縱多功能器件之顯示器(例如,圖4B中之顯示器450)上之使用者介面。應理解,類似方法視情況用於本文中所描述之其他使用者介面。 Although some of the following examples (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined) will be given with reference to the input on the touch screen display 112, in some embodiments, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface separate from the display Enter as shown in Figure 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) has a major axis (eg, major axis 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to the display (eg, display 450) On the main axis (for example, the main axis 453 in Figure 4B). According to these embodiments, the device The device detects contact with the touch-sensitive surface 451 (for example, contact 460 and contact 462 in FIG. 4B) at positions corresponding to respective positions on the display (for example, in FIG. 4B, contact 460 corresponds to contact 468) And contact 462 corresponds to contact 470). In this way, user inputs (for example, contacts 460 and 462, and their movements) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (for example, touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to When the touch-sensitive surface is separated from the display, the user interface on the display of the multifunction device (for example, the display 450 in FIG. 4B) is manipulated. It should be understood that similar methods may be used for other user interfaces described herein as appropriate.

另外,雖然主要參考手指輸入(例如,手指接觸、手指輕觸手勢、手指滑移手勢)給出以下實例,但應理解,在一些實施例中,一或多個手指輸入用來自另一輸入器件之輸入(例如,基於滑鼠之輸入或觸控筆輸入)替換。舉例而言,視情況用滑鼠點擊(例如,代替接觸),繼之以游標沿滑移之路徑的移動(例如,代替接觸之移動)而替換滑移手勢。作為另一實例,在游標位於輕觸手勢之位置上方時,視情況用滑鼠點擊(例如,代替偵測到接觸,繼之以停止偵測該接觸)替換輕觸手勢。類似地,當同時偵測到多個使用者輸入時,應理解,視情況同時使用多個電腦滑鼠,或視情況同時使用滑鼠及手指接觸。 In addition, although the following examples are mainly given with reference to finger input (eg, finger contact, finger tap gesture, finger sliding gesture), it should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more finger inputs are used from another input device The input (for example, mouse-based input or stylus input) is replaced. For example, a mouse click is used as appropriate (for example, instead of contact), followed by movement of the cursor along the sliding path (for example, instead of contact) to replace the sliding gesture. As another example, when the cursor is above the position of the tap gesture, the tap gesture is replaced with a mouse click (for example, instead of detecting a contact, and then stopping detecting the contact) as appropriate. Similarly, when multiple user inputs are detected at the same time, it should be understood that multiple computer mice may be used at the same time as appropriate, or both mice and finger touch may be used at the same time as appropriate.

圖5A說明例示性個人電子器件500。器件500包括主體502。在一些實施例中,器件500可包括關於器件100及300(例如,圖1A至圖4B)描述之一些或全部特徵。在一些實施例中,器件500具有觸敏式顯示器螢幕504(下文稱為觸控式螢幕504)。替代地,或除了觸控式螢幕504之外,器件500具有顯示器及觸敏式表面。如同器件100及300,在一些實施例中,觸控式螢幕504(或觸敏式表面)可具有用於偵測所施加之接觸(例如,觸摸)之強度的一或多個強度感測器。觸控式螢幕504(或觸敏式表面)之一或多個強度感測器可提供表示觸摸強度之輸出資料。器件500之使用者介面可基於觸摸之強度對觸摸作出回應,意謂 不同強度之觸摸可涉及器件500上之不同的使用者介面操作。 FIG. 5A illustrates an exemplary personal electronic device 500. The device 500 includes a main body 502. In some embodiments, the device 500 may include some or all of the features described with respect to the devices 100 and 300 (eg, FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, the device 500 has a touch-sensitive display screen 504 (hereinafter referred to as touch screen 504). Alternatively, or in addition to the touch screen 504, the device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Like the devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, the touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) may have one or more intensity sensors for detecting the intensity of an applied contact (eg, touch) . One or more intensity sensors of the touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data representing the intensity of the touch. The user interface of the device 500 can respond to touches based on the intensity of the touch, which means Touches of different intensities may involve different user interface operations on the device 500.

可例如在以下相關申請案中發現用於偵測及處理觸摸強度之技術:2013年5月8日申請之題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040061號,及2013年11月11日申請之題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069483號,該等申請案中之每一者在此以全文引用之方式併入。 For example, the technology for detecting and processing touch intensity can be found in the following related applications: the application on May 8, 2013 entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application" International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061, and International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061 filed on November 11, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships" US2013/069483, each of these applications is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

在一些實施例中,器件500具有一或多個輸入機構506及508。輸入機構506及508(若包括)可為實體的。實體輸入機構之實例包括推按按鈕及可旋轉機構。在一些實施例中,器件500具有一或多個附接機構。該等附接機構(若包括)可准許器件500與(例如)帽子、眼鏡、耳飾、項鏈、襯衫、外套、手鐲、錶帶、鏈子、褲子、皮帶、鞋、錢包、背包等附接。此等附接機構可准許器件500由使用者佩戴。 In some embodiments, the device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. The input mechanisms 506 and 508 (if included) may be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, the device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. These attachment mechanisms (if included) may permit the attachment of the device 500 to, for example, hats, glasses, earrings, necklaces, shirts, coats, bracelets, watch bands, chains, pants, belts, shoes, wallets, backpacks, etc. These attachment mechanisms may permit the device 500 to be worn by the user.

圖5B描繪例示性個人電子器件500。在一些實施例中,器件500可包括關於圖1A、圖1B及圖3描述之一些或全部組件。器件500具有將I/O區段514與一或多個電腦處理器516及記憶體518以操作方式耦接之匯流排512。I/O區段514可連接至顯示器504,該顯示器可具有觸敏式組件522且視情況具有觸摸強度敏感組件524。另外,I/O區段514可與用於使用Wi-Fi、藍芽、近場通信(NFC)、蜂巢式及/或其他無線通信技術接收應用程式及作業系統資料之通信單元530連接。器件500可包括輸入機構506及/或508。例如,輸入機構506可為可旋轉的輸入器件或可按壓及可旋轉的輸入器件。在一些實例中,輸入機構508可為按鈕。 FIG. 5B depicts an exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, the device 500 may include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. The device 500 has a bus 512 that operatively couples the I/O section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. The I/O section 514 may be connected to a display 504, which may have a touch sensitive component 522 and optionally a touch intensity sensitive component 524. In addition, the I/O section 514 can be connected to a communication unit 530 for receiving application programs and operating system data using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Near Field Communication (NFC), cellular and/or other wireless communication technologies. The device 500 may include an input mechanism 506 and/or 508. For example, the input mechanism 506 may be a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device. In some examples, the input mechanism 508 may be a button.

在一些實例中,輸入機構508可為麥克風。個人電子器件500可 包括各種感測器,諸如GPS感測器532、加速度計534、方向感測器540(例如,羅盤)、陀螺儀536、運動感測器538,及/或其組合,以上全部可以操作方式連接至I/O區段514。 In some examples, the input mechanism 508 may be a microphone. Personal electronic device 500 can Including various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, direction sensor 540 (for example, compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected To the I/O section 514.

個人電子器件500之記憶體518可為用於儲存電腦可執行指令之非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,當藉由一或多個電腦處理器516執行時,該等指令(例如)可使電腦處理器執行上文所描述之技術,包括處理程序900至1100(圖9A、圖9B、圖10及圖11)。電腦可執行指令亦可儲存及/或輸送於任何非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體內以供或結合指令執行系統、裝置或器件(諸如基於電腦之系統、含有處理器之系統或可自指令執行系統、裝置或器件提取指令且執行指令之其他系統)使用。出於此文件之目的,「非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體」可為可有形地含有或儲存電腦可執行指令以供或結合指令執行系統、裝置或器件使用的任何媒體。非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體可包括但不限於磁性、光學及/或半導體儲存器。此儲存器之實例包括磁碟、基於CD、DVD或藍光技術之光碟以及持久性固態記憶體,諸如快閃記憶體、固態碟機及類似者。個人電子器件500不限於圖5B之組件及組態,而可包括多個組態中之其他或額外組件。 The memory 518 of the personal electronic device 500 may be a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium used to store computer-executable instructions. When executed by one or more computer processors 516, the instructions (for example) enable the computer The processor executes the techniques described above, including processing procedures 900 to 1100 (Figure 9A, Figure 9B, Figure 10, and Figure 11). Computer-executable instructions can also be stored and/or transported in any non-transitory computer-readable storage medium for or in combination with instruction execution systems, devices, or devices (such as computer-based systems, systems containing processors, or self-executing instructions The system, device or device fetches the instruction and executes the instruction other system) use. For the purpose of this document, a "non-transitory computer-readable storage medium" can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use in or in conjunction with instruction execution systems, devices, or devices. Non-transitory computer-readable storage media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storage. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical disks based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technology, and persistent solid-state memories such as flash memory, solid-state drives, and the like. The personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configurations of FIG. 5B, but may include other or additional components in multiple configurations.

如此處所使用,術語「可視線索」係指可在器件100、300及/或500(圖1、圖3及圖5)之顯示螢幕上顯示之使用者互動的圖形使用者介面物件。舉例而言,影像(例如圖示)、按鈕及文字(例如超鏈接)可各自構成可視線索。 As used herein, the term "visual cues" refers to user-interactive graphical user interface objects that can be displayed on the display screens of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (Figure 1, Figure 3, and Figure 5). For example, images (such as icons), buttons, and text (such as hyperlinks) can each constitute visual clues.

如本文所使用,術語「焦點選擇器」係指指示使用者正進行互動的使用者介面之當前部分的輸入元件。在包括游標或其他位置標記之一些實施中,游標充當「焦點選擇器」,以使得當在觸敏式表面(例如,圖3中之觸控板355或圖4B中之觸敏式表面451)上偵測到輸入(例如,按壓輸入)而游標在特定的使用者介面元件(例如,按鈕、視窗、 滑件或其他使用者介面元件)上方時,根據所偵測之輸入調整特定的使用者介面元件。在包括啟用與觸控式螢幕顯示器上之使用者介面元件的直接互動的觸控式螢幕顯示器(例如,圖1A中之觸敏式顯示器系統112或圖4A中之觸控式螢幕112)之一些實施中,觸控式螢幕上偵測到之接觸充當「焦點選擇器」,以使得當在觸控式螢幕顯示器上於特定的使用者介面元件(例如,按鈕、視窗、滑件或其他使用者介面元件)之位置處偵測到輸入(例如,藉由接觸之按壓輸入)時,根據所偵測之輸入調整特定的使用者介面元件。在一些實施中,在觸控式螢幕顯示器上無對應的游標之移動或接觸之移動(例如,藉由使用跳格鍵或方向鍵將焦點自一個按鈕移動至另一個按鈕)的情況下,將焦點自使用者介面之一個區域移動至使用者介面之另一個區域;在此等實施中,焦點選擇器根據焦點在使用者介面之不同區域之間的移動而移動。不考慮焦點選擇器所採用之特定形式,焦點選擇器大體上為使用者介面元件(或觸控式螢幕顯示器上之接觸),該使用者介面元件由使用者控制以便傳達使用者所意欲的與使用者介面之互動(例如,藉由向器件指示使用者正意欲進行互動之使用者介面之元件)。舉例而言,當在觸敏式表面(例如,觸控板或觸控式螢幕)上偵測到按壓輸入時,焦點選擇器(例如,游標、接觸或選擇框)在各別按鈕上方之位置將指示,使用者正意欲啟動各別按鈕(與器件之顯示器上所示之其他使用者介面元件相反)。 As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input element that indicates the current part of the user interface that the user is interacting with. In some implementations that include a cursor or other position markers, the cursor acts as a "focus selector" so that when on a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) Input (e.g., press input) is detected on the keyboard and the cursor is over a specific user interface element (e.g., button, window, When the slider or other user interface element is above, adjust the specific user interface element according to the detected input. Some of the touch screen displays (such as the touch sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or the touch screen 112 in FIG. 4A) that enable direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display In implementation, the touch detected on the touch screen acts as a "focus selector" so that when a specific user interface element (such as buttons, windows, sliders, or other user When an input is detected at the position of the interface element (for example, input by pressing the touch), the specific user interface element is adjusted according to the detected input. In some implementations, when there is no corresponding cursor movement or contact movement on the touch screen display (for example, by using the tab key or arrow keys to move the focus from one button to another), the The focus moves from one area of the user interface to another area of the user interface; in these implementations, the focus selector moves according to the movement of the focus between different areas of the user interface. Regardless of the specific form adopted by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally a user interface element (or a touch on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user to convey what the user wants and User interface interaction (for example, by indicating to the device that the user is going to interact with the user interface component). For example, when a press input is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (for example, a touchpad or a touch screen), the position of the focus selector (for example, cursor, contact or selection box) above the respective button It will indicate that the user is about to activate the individual buttons (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on the display of the device).

如說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語,接觸之「特徵強度」,係指基於接觸之一或多個強度之接觸的特徵。在一些實施例中,特徵強度基於多個強度樣本。特徵強度視情況基於強度樣本之預定義數目,或在相對於預定義事件(例如,在偵測到接觸之後,在偵測到接觸之抬起之前、在偵測到接觸之移動開始之前或之後、在偵測到接觸結束之前、在偵測到接觸之強度增加之前或之後,及/或在偵 測到接觸之強度減少之前或之後)的預定時間段(例如,0.05秒、0.1秒、0.2秒、0.5秒、1秒、2秒、5秒、10秒)期間收集之強度樣本集合。接觸之特徵強度視情況基於以下中之一或多者:接觸之強度的最大值、接觸之強度的均值(mean value)、接觸之強度的平均值、接觸之強度的前10百分位數值、接觸之強度的最大值之一半處的值、接觸之強度的最大值之90%處的值,或類似者。在一些實施例中,接觸之持續時間用於判定特徵強度(例如,當特徵強度為接觸之強度隨著時間的平均數時)。在一些實施例中,將特徵強度與一或多個強度臨限值之集合進行比較以判定使用者是否已執行操作。舉例而言,一或多個強度臨限值之集合可包括第一強度臨限值及第二強度臨限值。在此實例中,具有不超過第一臨限值之特徵強度的接觸導致第一操作,具有超過第一強度臨限值且不超過第二強度臨限值之特徵強度的接觸導致第二操作,且具有超過第二臨限值之特徵強度的接觸導致第三操作。在一些實施例中,特徵強度與一或多個臨限值之間的比較用於判定是否執行一或多個操作(例如,是執行各別操作還是放棄執行該各別操作),而不是用於判定是執行第一操作還是第二操作。 As used in the specification and the scope of the patent application, the term "characteristic intensity" of contact refers to the characteristic of contact based on one or more intensities of contact. In some embodiments, the feature intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The feature intensity is based on a predefined number of intensity samples as appropriate, or relative to a predefined event (for example, after detecting a contact, before detecting the lift of the contact, before or after detecting the start of the movement of the contact , Before detecting the end of the contact, before or after detecting the increase in the intensity of the contact, and/or A collection of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05 seconds, 0.1 seconds, 0.2 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds) before or after the measured contact intensity decreases. The characteristic intensity of contact is based on one or more of the following as appropriate: the maximum value of the contact intensity, the mean value of the contact intensity, the average value of the contact intensity, the top 10 percentile value of the contact intensity, The value at half of the maximum value of the contact strength, 90% of the maximum value of the contact strength, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used to determine the characteristic intensity (for example, when the characteristic intensity is the average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared with a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether the user has performed an operation. For example, a set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold value results in a first operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold value and does not exceed the second intensity threshold value results in a second operation, And contact with a characteristic intensity exceeding the second threshold value results in the third operation. In some embodiments, the comparison between the feature strength and one or more threshold values is used to determine whether to perform one or more operations (for example, whether to perform a separate operation or abandon the execution of the separate operation), rather than using To determine whether to perform the first operation or the second operation.

在一些實施例中,識別手勢之一部分以用於判定特徵強度之目的。舉例而言,觸敏式表面可接收自起點位置轉移且到達末端位置之連續滑移接觸,此時,接觸強度增加。在此實例中,在末端位置處之接觸的特徵強度可僅基於連續滑移接觸之一部分而不是整個滑移接觸(例如,僅末端位置處之滑移接觸之部分)。在一些實施例中,在判定接觸之特徵強度之前,可將平滑演算法應用於滑移接觸之強度。舉例而言,平滑演算法視情況包括以下中之一或多者:未加權之滑動平均數平滑演算法、三角形平滑演算法、中值濾波器平滑演算法,及/或指數平滑演算法。在一些情況下,此等平滑演算法消除滑移接觸之強度中之狹窄尖峰或突降以用於判定特徵強度之目的。 In some embodiments, a part of the gesture is recognized for the purpose of determining the strength of the feature. For example, the touch-sensitive surface can receive continuous sliding contact that shifts from the starting position and reaches the end position. At this time, the contact intensity increases. In this example, the characteristic strength of the contact at the end position may be based only on a part of the continuous sliding contact instead of the entire sliding contact (for example, only the part of the sliding contact at the end position). In some embodiments, before determining the characteristic strength of the contact, a smoothing algorithm can be applied to the strength of the sliding contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm includes one or more of the following as appropriate: unweighted moving average smoothing algorithm, triangle smoothing algorithm, median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or exponential smoothing algorithm. In some cases, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or sudden drops in the strength of slip contacts for the purpose of determining the strength of features.

觸敏式表面上之接觸的強度可相對於一或多個強度臨限值進行表徵,該等強度臨限值諸如接觸偵測強度臨限值、淺按壓強度臨限值、深按壓強度臨限值及/或一或多個其他強度臨限值。在一些實施例中,淺按壓強度臨限值對應於器件將執行通常與點擊實體滑鼠或軌跡墊之按鈕相關聯的操作的強度。在一些實施例中,深按壓強度臨限值對應於器件將執行操作的強度,該等操作不同於通常與點擊實體滑鼠或軌跡墊之按鈕相關聯的操作。在一些實施例中,當偵測到接觸具有低於淺按壓強度臨限值(例如,且高於標稱接觸偵測強度臨限值,在該標稱接觸偵測強度臨限值以下,不再偵測到接觸)的特徵強度時,該器件將根據觸敏式表面上之接觸之移動來移動焦點選擇器而不執行與淺按壓強度臨限值或深按壓強度臨限值相關聯之操作。大體而言,除非另有說明,否則該等強度臨限值在使用者介面圖式之不同集合之間是一致的。 The intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface can be characterized with respect to one or more intensity thresholds, such as the contact detection intensity threshold, the shallow compression intensity threshold, and the deep compression intensity threshold Value and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the shallow press intensity threshold corresponds to the intensity at which the device will perform an operation normally associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep-press intensity threshold corresponds to the intensity of the operation that the device will perform, which are different from the operations normally associated with clicking a button on a physical mouse or trackpad. In some embodiments, when it is detected that a contact is lower than the shallow pressing intensity threshold (for example, and higher than the nominal contact detection intensity threshold, below the nominal contact detection intensity threshold, no When the characteristic intensity of contact) is detected again, the device will move the focus selector according to the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing operations associated with the shallow or deep pressing intensity threshold . Generally speaking, unless otherwise stated, the intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface schemas.

接觸之特徵強度自低於淺按壓強度臨限值的強度增加至淺按壓強度臨限值與深按壓強度臨限值之間的強度有時被稱作「淺按壓」輸入。接觸之特徵強度自低於深按壓強度臨限值的強度增加至高於深按壓強度臨限值的強度有時被稱作「深按壓」輸入。接觸之特徵強度自低於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度增加至接觸偵測強度臨限值與淺按壓強度臨限值之間的強度有時被稱作偵測到觸控式表面上之接觸。接觸之特徵強度自高於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度降低至低於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度有時被稱作偵測到接觸自觸控式表面之抬起。在一些實施例中,接觸偵測強度臨限值為零。在一些實施例中,接觸偵測強度臨限值大於零。 The characteristic intensity of contact increases from an intensity below the shallow compression intensity threshold to an intensity between the shallow compression intensity threshold and the deep compression intensity threshold, sometimes referred to as "shallow compression" input. The characteristic intensity of contact that increases from an intensity below the deep-press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep-press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as "deep-press" input. The characteristic intensity of the contact increases from the intensity below the contact detection intensity threshold to the intensity between the contact detection intensity threshold and the shallow press intensity threshold, sometimes referred to as the detection of the touch on the touch surface. contact. The decrease in the characteristic intensity of the contact from the intensity above the threshold of the contact detection intensity to the intensity below the threshold of the contact detection intensity is sometimes referred to as detecting the lifting of the touch from the touch surface. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.

在本文所述之一些實施例中,回應於偵測到包括各別按壓輸入之手勢或回應於偵測到利用各別接觸(或複數個接觸)執行之各別按壓輸入來執行一或多個操作,其中至少部分地基於偵測到接觸(或複數個 接觸)之強度增加到按壓輸入強度臨限值以上來偵測各別按壓輸入。在一些實施例中,回應於偵測到各別接觸之強度增加到按壓輸入強度臨限值以上來執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向下劃動」)。在一些實施例中,按壓輸入包括各別接觸之強度增加到按壓輸入強度臨限值以上及接觸之強度隨後降低到按壓輸入強度臨限值以下,且回應於偵測到各別接觸之強度隨後降低到按壓輸入臨限值以下來執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向上劃動」)。 In some embodiments described herein, one or more are executed in response to detecting a gesture including a respective pressing input or in response to detecting a respective pressing input performed with respective contacts (or multiple contacts) Operation, which is based at least in part on the detection of a contact (or multiple The intensity of contact) is increased above the threshold of the pressing input intensity to detect each pressing input. In some embodiments, each operation is performed in response to detecting that the intensity of each individual contact has increased above the pressing input intensity threshold (for example, "swipe down" for each individual pressing input). In some embodiments, the pressing input includes increasing the intensity of the individual contacts above the pressing input intensity threshold and then decreasing the intensity of the contacts below the pressing input intensity threshold, and in response to detecting the intensity of the individual contacts thereafter Decrease below the input threshold to perform individual operations (for example, "swipe up" for individual input).

在一些實施例中,器件採用強度滯後以避免有時稱為「抖動」之意外輸入,其中器件定義或選擇與按壓輸入強度臨限值具有預定義關係的滯後強度臨限值(例如,滯後強度臨限值比按壓輸入強度臨限值低X個強度單位,或滯後強度臨限值為按壓輸入強度臨限值的75%、90%或某一合理的比例)。因此,在一些實施例中,按壓輸入包括各別接觸的強度增加到按壓輸入強度臨限值以上及接觸之強度隨後降低到對應於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後強度臨限值以下,且回應於偵測到各別接觸的強度隨後降低到滯後強度臨限值以下而執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向上劃動」)。類似地,在一些實施例中,僅在器件偵測到接觸之強度自處於或低於滯後強度臨限值之強度增加至處於或高於按壓輸入強度臨限值的強度及視情況接觸之強度隨後降低至處於或低於滯後強度的強度時偵測到按壓輸入,且回應於偵測到按壓輸入(例如,視情況而定,接觸之強度的增加或接觸之強度的降低)而執行各別操作。 In some embodiments, the device uses intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental input sometimes referred to as "jitter", in which the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold that has a predefined relationship with the pressure input intensity threshold (for example, hysteresis intensity). The threshold value is X intensity units lower than the compression input intensity threshold, or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90% or some reasonable ratio of the compression input intensity threshold). Therefore, in some embodiments, the pressing input includes increasing the intensity of the individual contacts above the pressing input intensity threshold and then decreasing the intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the pressing input intensity threshold, and responding When the intensity of the individual contact is detected and then drops below the hysteresis intensity threshold, the individual operations are performed (for example, the "swipe up" of the individual pressing input). Similarly, in some embodiments, only when the device detects that the intensity of the contact increases from the intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to the intensity at or above the pressure input intensity threshold and the intensity of the contact as appropriate Then the pressing input is detected when the intensity is lowered to or below the hysteresis intensity, and each is executed in response to detecting the pressing input (for example, depending on the situation, the intensity of contact increases or the intensity of contact decreases) operating.

為了易於解釋,回應於與按壓輸入強度臨限值相關聯之按壓輸入或回應於包括按壓輸入之手勢而執行的操作之描述為視情況回應於偵測到以下中任一者而觸發:接觸之強度增加到按壓輸入強度臨限值以上;接觸之強度自低於滯後強度臨限值的強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值的強度;接觸之強度降低到按壓輸入強度臨限值以下;及 /或接觸之強度降低到對應於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後強度臨限值以下。另外,在操作經描述為回應於偵測到接觸之強度降低到按壓輸入強度臨限值以下而執行之實例中,回應於偵測到接觸之強度降低到對應於且低於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後強度臨限值以下而視情況執行該操作。 For ease of explanation, the description of an operation performed in response to a pressing input associated with a pressing input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture that includes a pressing input is triggered as appropriate in response to detecting any of the following: The intensity increases above the threshold of pressing input intensity; the intensity of contact increases from the intensity below the threshold of hysteresis intensity to the intensity above the threshold of pressing input intensity; the intensity of contact decreases below the threshold of pressing input intensity; and / Or the intensity of the contact decreases below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the threshold of the pressing input intensity. In addition, in the case where the operation is described as being performed in response to the detection of the contact intensity being reduced below the pressing input intensity threshold, the response to the detection of the contact intensity being reduced to correspond to and below the pressing input intensity threshold If the hysteresis intensity of the value is below the threshold value, the operation will be performed as appropriate.

如本文所使用,「所安裝應用程式」係指已下載至電子器件(例如,器件100、300及/或500)上且準備在該器件上啟動(例如,變為開啟)的軟體應用程式。在一些實施例中,所下載應用程式藉助於自所下載封裝提取程式部分且將所提取部分與電腦系統之作業系統整合的安裝程式而變成所安裝應用程式。 As used herein, "installed application" refers to a software application that has been downloaded to an electronic device (for example, device 100, 300, and/or 500) and is ready to be activated (for example, turned on) on the device. In some embodiments, the downloaded application program becomes the installed application program by means of an installation program that extracts the program part from the downloaded package and integrates the extracted part with the operating system of the computer system.

如本文所使用,術語「開啟應用程式」或「執行應用程式」係指具有保留狀態資訊(例如,作為器件/全域內部狀態157及/或應用程式內部狀態192的一部分)之軟體應用程式。開啟或執行應用程式可為以下類型之應用程式中的任一者:˙作用中應用程式,其當前顯示於器件之顯示螢幕上,該應用程式正用於該器件上;˙背景應用程式(或背景處理程序),其當前並未顯示,但該應用程式之一或多個處理程序正由一或多個處理器處理;及˙暫停或休眠應用程式,其並未運行,但具有儲存在記憶體(分別為揮發性記憶體及非揮發性記憶體)中且可用於恢復該應用程式之執行的狀態資訊。 As used herein, the term "open application" or "execute application" refers to a software application with reserved state information (for example, as part of the device/global internal state 157 and/or the application internal state 192). The open or running application can be any of the following types of applications: ˙Active application, which is currently displayed on the display screen of the device, and the application is being used on the device; ˙Background application (or Background processing procedures), which are not currently displayed, but one or more processing procedures of the application are being processed by one or more processors; and ˙Suspended or hibernated applications, which are not running but are stored in memory The state information in the memory (volatile memory and non-volatile memory, respectively) that can be used to resume the execution of the application.

如本文所使用,術語「關閉應用程式」係指無保留狀態資訊(例如,用於關閉應用程式之狀態資訊並非儲存在器件之記憶體中)的軟件應用程式。因此,關閉應用程式包括終止及/或移除用於該應用程式之應用程式處理程序及自器件之記憶體移除用於該應用程式之狀態資訊。大體而言,當在第一應用程式中時開啟第二應用程式並不關閉 第一應用程式。當顯示第二應用程式且停止顯示第一應用程式時,第一應用程式變成背景應用程式。 As used herein, the term "close application" refers to a software application that does not retain state information (for example, the state information used to close the application is not stored in the memory of the device). Therefore, closing the application includes terminating and/or removing the application processing procedure for the application and removing the status information for the application from the device's memory. In general, opening the second application while in the first application does not close The first application. When the second application is displayed and the display of the first application is stopped, the first application becomes a background application.

現在將注意引導朝向使用者介面(「UI」)及相關聯之處理程序,其可實施於具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之多功能器件(諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A))上以提供單圈時間表示、時間標度調整及計時器設定功能性。 Attention will now be directed to the user interface ("UI") and associated processing procedures, which can be implemented on multifunctional devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces (such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A and/or Figure 5A)) to provide lap time display, time scale adjustment and timer setting functionality.

1.表示單圈時間 1. Indicates the lap time

諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)之多功能器件可提供各種碼錶功能性。一些此類功能性視情況包括追蹤自指定時刻(例如,自「開始」按鈕之選擇)經過的時間量、追蹤一或多個單圈時間及可與碼錶相關聯之任何其他功能性。下文所描述之實施例係針對提供此類碼錶功能性之多功能器件。 Multifunctional devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A) can provide various code table functionality. Some of these functionalities, as appropriate, include tracking the amount of time that has elapsed since a specified moment (for example, since the selection of the "Start" button), tracking one or more lap times, and any other functionality that can be associated with a stopwatch. The embodiments described below are aimed at multifunctional devices that provide such code table functionality.

圖6A說明例示性電子器件600及例示性相關聯使用者介面。電子器件600可為器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)中的任一者。在所說明之實施例中,器件600為可穿戴器件。在一些實施例中,器件600提供一或多個碼錶功能性,該等功能性中之一者可為表示單圈時間。器件600視情況顯示用於表示單圈時間之一或多個使用者介面。 FIG. 6A illustrates an exemplary electronic device 600 and an exemplary associated user interface. The electronic device 600 may be any of the devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A). In the illustrated embodiment, the device 600 is a wearable device. In some embodiments, the device 600 provides one or more stopwatch functionalities, one of which can represent a lap time. The device 600 displays one or more user interfaces for indicating the lap time as appropriate.

圖6A中之器件600所顯示的使用者介面視情況包括數位碼錶表示602。數位碼錶表示602視情況包括分鐘數部分(最左部分)、秒鐘數部分(中間部分)及1/10th秒鐘數部分(最右部分),但應理解,數位碼錶表示602可具有任何適當結構。數位碼錶表示602視情況顯示在選擇「開始」按鈕604之後經過的總時間。在一些實施例中,使用者介面包括按鈕606,其在選擇按鈕604之前可為非作用中的,如下文將更詳細地描述。 The user interface displayed by the device 600 in FIG. 6A includes a digital code table representation 602 as appropriate. Represents a digit code table 602 optionally includes a part (leftmost portion) minute, second part (intermediate portion) and 1/10 th second part (the rightmost portion), it is to be understood that the digital code table 602 may be represented by Have any suitable structure. The digital display 602 displays the total time that has elapsed after selecting the "Start" button 604 as appropriate. In some embodiments, the user interface includes a button 606, which may be inactive before the button 604 is selected, as will be described in more detail below.

在所說明之實施例中,已由手指608選擇按鈕604。應理解,雖 然在本發明中之實施例可描述為包含手指互動(例如,用手指選擇使用者介面按鈕),但本發明之範疇並非受限於此。與本發明之使用者介面之任何適當互動處於本發明之範疇內,包括與諸如觸控筆之物件的互動。此外,應理解,使用者介面輸入元件(例如,按鈕)可在保持在本發明之範疇內的情況下由實體輸入元件替換。 In the illustrated embodiment, button 604 has been selected by finger 608. It should be understood that although Although the embodiments of the present invention can be described as including finger interaction (for example, selecting a user interface button with a finger), the scope of the present invention is not limited to this. Any appropriate interaction with the user interface of the present invention is within the scope of the present invention, including interaction with objects such as stylus pens. In addition, it should be understood that the user interface input elements (for example, buttons) can be replaced by physical input elements while remaining within the scope of the present invention.

圖6B說明器件600回應於偵測到用以開始使用數位碼錶表示602之計時的按鈕604之選擇而呈現的例示性使用者介面。按鈕604視情況自「開始」按鈕變成「終止」按鈕,該「終止」按鈕之選擇視情況終止使用數位碼錶表示602之計時。另外,按鈕606視情況變成作用中以作為「單圈」按鈕,該「單圈」按鈕之選擇視情況描繪及定義一個單圈時間與另一單圈時間,將在下文進一步描述其細節。 FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 in response to detecting a selection of the button 604 used to start the timing of the digital display 602. The button 604 changes from the "start" button to the "stop" button as appropriate, and the selection of the "stop" button terminates the timing of the digital display 602 as appropriate. In addition, the button 606 becomes active as a "single lap" button depending on the situation, and the selection of the "single lap" button depicts and defines a lap time and another lap time according to the situation. The details will be further described below.

單圈時間表示610回應於圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇而視情況顯示在使用者介面中。單圈時間表示610視情況表示一單圈(在此情況下為圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇之後的第一單圈,如單圈數目表示612所指示)。儘管單圈時間表示610經說明為圓點,但應理解,任何合適的使用者介面元件可根據本發明之實施例用於表示單圈(例如,方形、三角形等)。隨著時間歷時,單圈時間表示610視情況在使用者介面中沿指定軸線移動。舉例而言,單圈時間表示610視情況隨著時間歷時在使用者介面中垂直移動;但應理解,在本發明之範疇內,單圈時間表示610可在使用者介面中沿任何其他軸線以任何其他方向移動。 The lap time indicator 610 is displayed in the user interface as appropriate in response to the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. The lap time indicator 610 optionally represents a lap (in this case, the first lap after the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A, as indicated by the lap number indicator 612). Although the lap time indicator 610 is illustrated as a dot, it should be understood that any suitable user interface element can be used to represent a lap (eg, square, triangle, etc.) according to embodiments of the present invention. Over time, the lap time indicator 610 moves along a designated axis in the user interface as appropriate. For example, the lap time indicator 610 moves vertically in the user interface over time as appropriate; however, it should be understood that within the scope of the present invention, the lap time indicator 610 can be moved along any other axis in the user interface. Move in any other direction.

圖6C說明在自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇經過25秒之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。數位碼錶表示602反映25秒之總歷時時間。 FIG. 6C illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after 25 seconds have passed since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. The digital display 602 reflects the total elapsed time of 25 seconds.

單圈時間表示610根據自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇經過的時間量(亦即,根據25秒)視情況在使用者介面中垂直移動。儘管單圈時間表示610經說明為自其初始位置直接移動至其當前位置,但應理解,單圈時間表示610根據時間消逝視情況在使用者介面中以連續方式移 動。舉例而言,在自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇已經過12.5秒之時間點處,單圈時間表示610視情況位於其初始位置(在圖6B中)與其當前位置(在圖6C中)之中間的點處。 The lap time represents the amount of time that has elapsed since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A (that is, according to 25 seconds) as appropriate to move vertically in the user interface. Although the lap time indicator 610 has been described as directly moving from its initial position to its current position, it should be understood that the lap time indicator 610 moves in a continuous manner in the user interface depending on the elapse of time. move. For example, at the point in time 12.5 seconds have passed since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A, the lap time representation 610 is located at its initial position (in FIG. 6B) and its current position (in FIG. 6C) as appropriate. At the middle point.

圖6D說明在自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇經過35秒之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。數位碼錶表示602反映35秒之總歷時時間。單圈時間表示610根據自圖6C已經過的額外10秒已視情況在使用者介面中進一步垂直移動。另外,已選擇「單圈」按鈕606來定義第一單圈之結束。 FIG. 6D illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after 35 seconds have passed since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. The digital display 602 reflects the total elapsed time of 35 seconds. The lap time indicates that 610 has moved further vertically in the user interface as appropriate according to the additional 10 seconds that have passed since FIG. 6C. In addition, the "single lap" button 606 has been selected to define the end of the first lap.

圖6E說明在圖6D中之按鈕606之選擇之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。回應於圖6D中之按鈕606之選擇,單圈時間表示610視情況在使用者介面中終止垂直移動,因為已視情況藉由6D中之按鈕606之選擇定義與單圈時間表示610相關聯之單圈(亦即,第一單圈)的結束。另外,單圈時間表示614(其視情況對應於如藉由單圈數目表示616所指示之第二單圈)視情況顯示在使用者介面中。單圈時間表示614視情況顯示在使用者介面中與圖6B中之單圈時間表示610之初始垂直位置相同的初始垂直位置處。 FIG. 6E illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6D. In response to the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6D, the lap time display 610 terminates the vertical movement in the user interface as appropriate, because the selection definition of the button 606 in 6D is associated with the lap time display 610 as appropriate The end of a lap (ie, the first lap). In addition, the lap time indicator 614 (which optionally corresponds to the second lap as indicated by the lap number indicator 616) is displayed in the user interface as appropriate. The lap time indicator 614 is optionally displayed in the user interface at the same initial vertical position as the initial vertical position of the lap time indicator 610 in FIG. 6B.

為允許單圈時間表示614及單圈數目表示616在使用者介面中之顯示,單圈時間表示610及單圈數目表示612回應於圖6D中之按鈕606之選擇視情況在使用者介面中水平地向左移動(亦即,在與垂直軸線正交之方向上)。在一些實施例中,單圈時間表示610及單圈數目表示612之水平移動視情況經動畫化。另外,單圈時間表示610及單圈時間表示614視情況藉由線618連接。應理解,在一些實施例中,單圈時間表示(例如,單圈時間表示610)初始地顯示於使用者介面之左側上,且額外單圈時間表示經新增至其右方,在此等實施例中,當將新單圈時間表示新增至使用者介面時(除當使用者介面中之水平空間變得完全填滿單圈時間表示時(在此情況下,較早單圈時間表示視情況移位 離開使用者介面,但可回應於用於進行捲動返回之任何適當輸入捲動返回至視圖中)之外),現存單圈時間表示(視情況)無需水平地移動。 In order to allow the lap time display 614 and the lap number display 616 to be displayed in the user interface, the lap time display 610 and the lap number display 612 respond to the selection of the button 606 in Figure 6D as appropriate in the user interface. The ground moves to the left (that is, in the direction orthogonal to the vertical axis). In some embodiments, the horizontal movement of the lap time indicator 610 and the lap number indicator 612 are animated as appropriate. In addition, the lap time display 610 and the lap time display 614 are connected by a line 618 as appropriate. It should be understood that in some embodiments, the lap time indicator (for example, the lap time indicator 610) is initially displayed on the left side of the user interface, and the additional lap time indicator is added to its right, where In the embodiment, when a new lap time representation is added to the user interface (except when the horizontal space in the user interface becomes completely filled with the lap time representation (in this case, the earlier lap time representation is Shift as appropriate Leaving the user interface, but can respond to any appropriate input for scrolling to return to the view outside), the existing lap time representation (as appropriate) does not need to move horizontally.

圖6F說明在自圖6E中之按鈕606之選擇經過20秒之後(及在自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇經過55秒之後)器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。數位碼錶表示602反映自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇後55秒的總歷時時間。如之前所論述,單圈時間表示610視情況位於與圖6E中相同之垂直位置,因為已視情況定義及設定與單圈時間表示610相關聯之單圈(亦即,第一單圈)之單圈時間。 6F illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after 20 seconds have passed since the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6E (and after 55 seconds have passed since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A). The digital display 602 reflects the total elapsed time of 55 seconds since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. As previously discussed, the lap time indicator 610 is optionally located at the same vertical position as in FIG. 6E, because the lap associated with the lap time indicator 610 (that is, the first lap) has been defined and set as appropriate Lap time.

單圈時間表示614根據自圖6E中之按鈕606之選擇消逝的20秒視情況在使用者介面中垂直移動。單圈時間表示614視情況以類似於先前關於單圈時間表示610所描述之方式移動。線618視情況繼續連接單圈時間表示610及單圈時間表示614。 The lap time indicator 614 moves vertically in the user interface according to the 20 seconds elapsed from the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6E as appropriate. Lap time indicator 614 optionally moves in a manner similar to that described previously with respect to lap time indicator 610. The line 618 continues to connect the lap time indicator 610 and the lap time indicator 614 as appropriate.

圖6G說明在自圖6E中之按鈕606之選擇經過25秒之後(及在自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇經過60秒之後)器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。數位碼錶表示602反映自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇後60秒(亦即,一分鐘)之總歷時時間。單圈時間表示614根據自圖6F已經過的額外5秒視情況在使用者介面中進一步垂直移動。另外,已由手指608選擇「單圈」按鈕606。 6G illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after 25 seconds have passed since the selection of button 606 in FIG. 6E (and after 60 seconds have passed since the selection of button 604 in FIG. 6A). The digital display 602 reflects the total elapsed time of 60 seconds (ie, one minute) since the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. The lap time indicator 614 moves further vertically in the user interface as appropriate according to the additional 5 seconds that have passed since FIG. 6F. In addition, the "single lap" button 606 has been selected by the finger 608.

圖6H說明在圖6G中之按鈕606之選擇之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。類似於之前關於圖6E所描述,回應於圖6G中之按鈕606之選擇,單圈時間表示614視情況在使用者介面中終止垂直移動,因為已視情況藉由圖6G中之按鈕606之選擇定義與單圈時間表示614相關聯之單圈(亦即,第二單圈)之結束。另外,單圈時間表示620(其視情況對應於如藉由其對應單圈數目表示所指示之第三單圈)視情況顯示於使用者介面中。單圈時間表示620視情況顯示於使用者介面中與圖6B中之單圈時間表示610及圖6E中之單圈時間表示614的初始垂直位置相同的初始垂直位置處。另外,單圈時間表示614及單圈時間表 示620視情況藉由線連接。 FIG. 6H illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6G. Similar to the previous description with respect to FIG. 6E, in response to the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6G, the lap time indicator 614 terminates the vertical movement in the user interface as appropriate, because the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6G has been selected as appropriate Define the end of the lap associated with the lap time representation 614 (ie, the second lap). In addition, a lap time indicator 620 (which optionally corresponds to the third lap as indicated by its corresponding lap number indicator) is displayed in the user interface as appropriate. The lap time indicator 620 is optionally displayed in the user interface at the same initial vertical position as the lap time indicator 610 in FIG. 6B and the lap time indicator 614 in FIG. 6E. In addition, the lap time shows 614 and the lap timetable The display 620 is connected by wire as appropriate.

如前所述,為了允許單圈時間表示620及其對應單圈數目表示在使用者介面中之顯示,單圈時間表示610及其對應單圈數目表示以及單圈時間表示614及其對應單圈數目表示回應於圖6G中之按鈕606之選擇視情況在使用者介面中水平地向左移動。 As mentioned earlier, in order to allow the lap time display 620 and its corresponding lap number display to be displayed in the user interface, the lap time display 610 and its corresponding lap number display and the lap time display 614 and its corresponding lap The number indicates that the response to the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6G moves horizontally to the left in the user interface as appropriate.

因為已針對第一單圈及第二單圈定義全部單圈時間,故視情況判定且在使用者介面中顯示平均單圈時間。平均單圈時間視情況為自圖6A中之「開始」按鈕604之選擇後的所有經充分定義之單圈之平均單圈時間。該平均單圈時間視情況由使用者介面中之平均單圈時間指示符622指示,該指示符視情況為在對應於平均單圈時間之時間值(在此情況下,30秒)的垂直位置處之水平線。平均單圈時間指示符622視情況為虛線,如所說明。在所說明之實施例中,平均單圈時間指示符622定位於單圈時間表示610與單圈時間表示614之間,因為30秒之平均單圈時間視情況介於35秒(與單圈時間表示610相關聯之單圈時間)與25秒(與單圈時間表示614相關聯之單圈時間)之間。 Because all lap times have been defined for the first lap and the second lap, it is determined according to the situation and the average lap time is displayed in the user interface. The average lap time is the average lap time of all fully defined laps since the selection of the "start" button 604 in FIG. 6A as appropriate. The average lap time is indicated by the average lap time indicator 622 in the user interface as appropriate, and the indicator is optionally at the vertical position corresponding to the time value of the average lap time (in this case, 30 seconds) The horizontal line of the place. The average lap time indicator 622 is optionally a dashed line, as illustrated. In the illustrated embodiment, the average lap time indicator 622 is positioned between the lap time indication 610 and the lap time indication 614, because the average lap time of 30 seconds is between 35 seconds (and the lap time Indicates the lap time associated with 610) and 25 seconds (the lap time associated with lap time 614).

圖6I說明在單圈時間表示620已達到使用者介面中之時間標度626上之最大時間時器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。數位碼錶表示602反映自圖6A中之按鈕604之選擇後110秒(亦即,一分鐘又50秒)之總歷時時間。使用者介面視情況具有可顯示最小及最大單圈時間之時間標度626。舉例而言,時間標度626可視情況顯示0秒之最小單圈時間及50秒之最大單圈時間。時間標度626視情況為與圖6A至圖6H中相同之時間標度,但其為易於描述而未加以說明。在圖6I之實施例中,單圈時間表示620已自其初始位置移動(例如,不斷移動)至對應於50秒(可由時間標度626顯示之最大單圈時間)之位置。 FIG. 6I illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 when the lap time indicator 620 has reached the maximum time on the time scale 626 in the user interface. The digital display 602 reflects the total elapsed time 110 seconds (that is, one minute and 50 seconds) after the selection of the button 604 in FIG. 6A. The user interface optionally has a time scale 626 that can display the minimum and maximum lap times. For example, the time scale 626 may display the minimum lap time of 0 seconds and the maximum lap time of 50 seconds as appropriate. The time scale 626 is the same time scale as in FIGS. 6A to 6H as appropriate, but it is easy to describe and not explained. In the embodiment of FIG. 61, the lap time indicates that 620 has moved from its initial position (for example, continuously moving) to a position corresponding to 50 seconds (the maximum lap time displayed by the time scale 626).

在一些實施例中,時間標度626視情況隨著時間繼續經過及隨著單圈時間表示620繼續而不斷變化以對應於比50秒更長之單圈時間。 在一些實施例中,時間標度626視情況直至與單圈時間表示620相關聯之單圈已經充分定義(例如,藉由「單圈」按鈕之選擇)才變化,如下文將描述。 In some embodiments, the time scale 626 changes as the time continues to elapse and as the lap time indicator 620 continues to change to correspond to a lap time longer than 50 seconds. In some embodiments, the time scale 626 optionally does not change until the lap associated with the lap time indication 620 is sufficiently defined (for example, by the selection of the "lap" button), as will be described below.

圖6J說明在單圈時間表示620已超過使用者介面中之時間標度626上之最大時間時器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。在圖6J中所說明的實施例中,時間標度626視情況直至與單圈時間表示620相關聯之單圈已經充分定義(例如,藉由「單圈」按鈕之選擇)才變化,如上文所提及。由此,儘管自圖6I中所說明的時間已經過20秒(如在數位碼錶表示602中由130秒(亦即,兩分鐘又10秒)之總歷時時間所指示),單圈時間表示620經顯現未在使用者介面中進一步垂直移動,因為單圈時間表示620視情況已超過可在時間標度626上顯示之最大單圈時間。如所說明,已由手指608選擇「單圈」按鈕606。 6J illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 when the lap time indication 620 has exceeded the maximum time on the time scale 626 in the user interface. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6J, the time scale 626 depends on the situation until the lap associated with the lap time indication 620 is fully defined (for example, by the selection of the "lap" button), as described above Mentioned. Thus, although 20 seconds have passed since the time illustrated in FIG. 6I (as indicated by the total elapsed time of 130 seconds (that is, two minutes and 10 seconds) in the digital display 602), the lap time represents 620 does not appear to move further vertically in the user interface because the lap time indicates that 620 has exceeded the maximum lap time that can be displayed on the time scale 626 as appropriate. As explained, the "single lap" button 606 has been selected by the finger 608.

圖6K說明在圖6J中之按鈕606之選擇之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。類似於之前所描述,單圈時間表示及其對應單圈數目表示在使用者介面中已水平地向左移動以允許單圈時間表示624及其對應單圈數目表示之顯示。另外,已基於35秒(針對第一單圈)、25秒(針對第二單圈)及70秒(針對第三單圈)之經充分定義之單圈時間將平均單圈時間重新判定為43.3秒。藉由平均單圈時間指示符622反映43.3秒之平均單圈時間。 FIG. 6K illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after the selection of the button 606 in FIG. 6J. Similar to the previous description, the lap time indicator and its corresponding lap number indicator have moved horizontally to the left in the user interface to allow the lap time indicator 624 and its corresponding lap number indicator to be displayed. In addition, based on the fully defined lap time of 35 seconds (for the first lap), 25 seconds (for the second lap), and 70 seconds (for the third lap), the average lap time has been re-determined as 43.3 second. The average lap time indicator 622 reflects the average lap time of 43.3 seconds.

另外,已調整時間標度626來允許所有經充分定義之單圈時間之顯示。舉例而言,時間標度626視情況經調整以具有大於任何經充分定義之單圈時間之最大單圈時間。在所說明之實施例中,已調整時間標度626以顯示0秒之最小單圈時間及90秒之最大單圈時間。視情況亦根據經調整時間標度626調整單圈時間表示及平均單圈時間指示符622之垂直定位以便相對於經調整時間標度626適當地定位在使用者介面中。 In addition, the time scale 626 has been adjusted to allow the display of all fully defined lap times. For example, the time scale 626 is optionally adjusted to have a maximum lap time that is greater than any well-defined lap time. In the illustrated embodiment, the time scale 626 has been adjusted to display a minimum lap time of 0 seconds and a maximum lap time of 90 seconds. Optionally, the vertical positioning of the lap time indication and the average lap time indicator 622 is adjusted according to the adjusted time scale 626 so as to be appropriately positioned in the user interface relative to the adjusted time scale 626.

在圖6B至圖6K中之任何點處,使用者可期望檢視除如上文所論述之單圈時間表示之外的單圈時間清單。在一些實施例中,視情況回應於器件600處之指定輸入(例如,器件600之觸敏式表面上之指定輸入)之偵測來顯示單圈時間清單。圖6L說明在器件600處偵測之用於顯示與在使用者介面中顯示之單圈時間表示相關聯之單圈時間清單的例示性輸入。在所說明實施例中,已在器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測到藉由手指608之垂直滑移。可在器件600之觸敏式表面上之任何位置處偵測到垂直滑移。 At any point in FIGS. 6B to 6K, the user may wish to view a list of lap times other than the lap time representation as discussed above. In some embodiments, the lap time list is displayed in response to the detection of a designated input at the device 600 (for example, a designated input on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600) as appropriate. 6L illustrates an exemplary input detected at the device 600 for displaying a lap time list associated with the lap time representation displayed in the user interface. In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical sliding by the finger 608 has been detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600. The vertical slip can be detected at any position on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600.

圖6M說明在圖6L中之垂直滑移之偵測之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。回應於圖6L中器件600偵測之垂直滑移,視情況縮減單圈時間表示之顯示區域以允許單圈時間清單628在使用者介面中之顯示。此等較小單圈時間表示經說明為大小縮減之單圈時間表示630。在一些實施例中,當在器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測到垂直滑移時,執行單圈時間表示之顯示區域之縮減。如上所述,使用者介面亦包括單圈時間清單628。單圈時間清單628中之單圈時間視情況對應於由先前所論述之單圈時間表示以及大小縮減之單圈時間表示630所表示之單圈時間。單圈時間清單628視情況包括每一單圈之單圈數目及每一單圈之單圈時間。單圈時間清單628可回應於器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測之垂直滑移手勢向上及向下垂直捲動。圖6M中所說明的使用者介面由此允許使用者將單圈時間檢視為單圈時間表示(大小縮減之單圈時間表示630)及清單(單圈時間清單628)。 FIG. 6M illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after the detection of the vertical slip in FIG. 6L. In response to the vertical slip detected by the device 600 in FIG. 6L, the display area of the lap time display is reduced as appropriate to allow the lap time list 628 to be displayed in the user interface. These smaller lap times represent the lap time representation 630 that has been described as reduced in size. In some embodiments, when a vertical slip is detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600, the reduction of the display area represented by the lap time is performed. As mentioned above, the user interface also includes a lap time list 628. The lap time in the lap time list 628 optionally corresponds to the lap time represented by the previously discussed lap time representation and the reduced lap time representation 630. The lap time list 628 includes the number of each lap and the time of each lap as appropriate. The lap time list 628 can scroll up and down vertically in response to a vertical sliding gesture detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600. The user interface illustrated in FIG. 6M thus allows the user to view the lap time as a lap time display (reduced lap time display 630) and a list (lap time list 628).

器件600視情況能夠顯示各種碼錶視圖。此外,使用者視情況能夠回應於器件600處用於進行切換操作之指定輸入在各種碼錶視圖之間切換(例如,回應於器件600處偵測之指定手勢、回應於器件處之指定機械輸入之偵測等自包括碼錶視圖清單之功能表列選擇)。在一些實例中,回應於包括在器件600之觸敏式表面(有時為器件之觸敏式表 面上之任何地方)上偵測之接觸的輸入視情況顯示碼錶視圖之功能表或選擇,該接觸具有大於強度臨限值之特徵強度。當在各種碼錶視圖之間切換時,視情況保存碼錶資料。亦即,當在碼錶視圖之間切換時,視情況將關於至今所記錄之單圈之數目的資料、與每一單圈相關聯之單圈時間、平均單圈時間、當前單圈之長度、所有單圈之總歷時時間及關於如上文所論述之單圈之任何其他資料保存在器件600上。因此,不同碼錶視圖能夠(可能)以不同方式存取及/或呈現保存之資料。 The device 600 can display various code table views as appropriate. In addition, the user can switch between various code table views in response to the designated input for switching operations at the device 600 as appropriate (for example, in response to the designated gesture detected at the device 600, and in response to the designated mechanical input at the device. The detection, etc. are selected from the menu bar including the code table view list). In some instances, in response to the touch-sensitive surface included in the device 600 (sometimes the touch-sensitive surface of the device) The input of the touch detected on any place on the surface displays the function table or selection of the stopwatch view as appropriate, and the touch has a characteristic intensity greater than the intensity threshold. When switching between various code table views, save code table data as appropriate. That is, when switching between stopwatch views, the data about the number of laps recorded so far, the lap time associated with each lap, the average lap time, and the length of the current lap will be included as appropriate. , The total duration of all laps and any other information about the laps as discussed above are stored on the device 600. Therefore, different code table views can (possibly) access and/or present stored data in different ways.

參考圖6A至圖6M描述之實施例視情況與第一碼錶視圖(例如,圖表碼錶視圖)相關聯。圖6N說明器件600呈現之用於在第二碼錶視圖(例如,類比碼錶視圖)中顯示單圈時間之例示性使用者介面。使用者可能已自圖表碼錶視圖切換至類比碼錶視圖,但情況不必如此(例如,使用者可能已在類比碼錶視圖中開始計時)。圖6N之類比碼錶視圖中之使用者介面視情況包括類比鐘錶盤632,所述鐘錶盤具有0至60秒之時間標度且具有指針634來指示0至60秒之時間標度上的當前單圈時間。類比鐘錶盤632視情況用於追蹤在當前單圈中經過的秒數。類比鐘錶盤638視情況具有0至30分鐘之時間標度且視情況用於追蹤在當前單圈中經過的分鐘數。視情況使用類比鐘錶盤638及類比鐘錶盤632之組合追蹤長度在60秒內之單圈時間。舉例而言,為顯示一分鐘30秒之單圈時間,類比鐘錶盤638視情況顯示一分鐘之時間,且類比鐘錶盤632視情況顯示30秒之時間。應理解,針對類比鐘錶盤632之0至60秒及針對類比鐘錶盤638之0至30分鐘的時間標度僅為例示性的,且其並不限制本發明之範疇。 The embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 6A to 6M is optionally associated with the first code table view (for example, the chart code table view). FIG. 6N illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 for displaying the lap time in a second stopwatch view (for example, an analog stopwatch view). The user may have switched from the chart stopwatch view to the analog stopwatch view, but this need not be the case (for example, the user might have started timing in the analog stopwatch view). The user interface in the analog clock view of FIG. 6N optionally includes an analog clock dial 632, which has a time scale of 0 to 60 seconds and a pointer 634 to indicate the current on the time scale of 0 to 60 seconds. Lap time. The analog clock dial 632 is optionally used to track the number of seconds elapsed in the current lap. The analog clock dial 638 has a time scale of 0 to 30 minutes as appropriate and is used to track the number of minutes elapsed in the current lap as appropriate. The combination of the analog clock dial 638 and the analog clock dial 632 may be used as appropriate to track the lap time within 60 seconds. For example, to display a lap time of one minute and 30 seconds, the analog clock dial 638 displays the time of one minute as appropriate, and the analog clock dial 632 displays the time of 30 seconds as appropriate. It should be understood that the time scales of 0 to 60 seconds for the analog clock dial 632 and 0 to 30 minutes for the analog clock dial 638 are only exemplary, and they do not limit the scope of the present invention.

圖6N中之使用者介面亦視情況包括用於以數位方式顯示當前單圈時間之數位碼錶表示636。數位碼錶表示636視情況包括分鐘數部分(最左部分)、秒鐘數部分(中間部分)及1/10th秒鐘數部分(最右部分), 但應理解,用於數位碼錶表示636之不同結構是可能的。「單圈」按鈕606之選擇視情況描繪及定義類似於先前參考圖6A至圖6M所描述之單圈。 The user interface in FIG. 6N also optionally includes a digital code table representation 636 for displaying the current lap time digitally. Digital code table representation 636 includes minutes part (leftmost part), seconds part (middle part) and 1/10 th second part (rightmost part) as appropriate, but it should be understood that it is used for digital code table representation Different structures of 636 are possible. The selection and definition of the "single lap" button 606 is similar to the single lap described previously with reference to FIGS. 6A to 6M as appropriate.

如前所述,使用者可期望檢視除如上文所論述之類比單圈時間表示之外的單圈時間清單。在一些實施例中,視情況回應於器件600處之指定輸入(例如,器件600之觸敏式表面上之指定輸入)之偵測來顯示單圈時間清單。圖6O說明在器件600處偵測之用於顯示已藉由「單圈」按鈕606之選擇描繪及定義之單圈時間清單的例示性輸入。如前所述,在所說明實施例中,已在器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測到藉由手指608之垂直滑移。可在器件600之觸敏式表面上之任何位置處偵測到垂直滑移。 As mentioned above, the user may wish to view a list of lap times other than the analog lap time representation as discussed above. In some embodiments, the lap time list is displayed in response to the detection of a designated input at the device 600 (for example, a designated input on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600) as appropriate. FIG. 60 illustrates an exemplary input detected at the device 600 for displaying the lap time list that has been drawn and defined by the selection of the "lap" button 606. As previously mentioned, in the illustrated embodiment, the vertical sliding by the finger 608 has been detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600. The vertical slip can be detected at any position on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600.

圖6P說明在圖6O中之垂直滑移之偵測之後器件600呈現之例示性使用者介面。回應於圖6O中器件600偵測之垂直滑移,視情況縮減類比鐘錶盤632及/或638之顯示區域以允許單圈時間清單628之顯示。大小縮減之類比鐘錶盤632及638視情況顯示於使用者介面之上部區域642中。類比鐘錶盤632及638視情況保留圖6N至圖6O中所具有之相同時間標度。視情況將額外類比鐘錶盤640新增至使用者介面之區域642中。類比鐘錶盤640視情況具有以一秒之1/10th為單位的0至1秒之時間標度。類比鐘錶盤640視情況用於追蹤在當前單圈中經過的之十分之一秒鐘數。在一些實施例中,當在器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測到垂直滑移時執行類比鐘錶盤632及/或638之顯示區域之縮減及類比鐘錶盤640之新增。應理解,用於類比鐘錶盤640之0至1秒之時間標度僅為例示性的,且其並不限制本發明之範疇。 FIG. 6P illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 after the detection of the vertical slip in FIG. 60. In response to the vertical slip detected by the device 600 in FIG. 60, the display area of the analog clock dial 632 and/or 638 is reduced as appropriate to allow the display of the lap time list 628. The reduced-size analog clock dials 632 and 638 are displayed in the upper area 642 of the user interface as appropriate. The analog clock dials 632 and 638 retain the same time scale as in FIGS. 6N to 60 as appropriate. Optionally, an additional analog clock dial 640 is added to the area 642 of the user interface. The analog clock dial 640 optionally has a time scale of 0 to 1 second in units of 1/10 th of a second. The analog clock dial 640 is optionally used to track the tenth of a second passed in the current lap. In some embodiments, the reduction of the display area of the analog clock dial 632 and/or 638 and the addition of the analog clock dial 640 are performed when vertical sliding is detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600. It should be understood that the time scale of 0 to 1 second used for the analog clock dial 640 is only exemplary, and it does not limit the scope of the present invention.

使用者介面亦視情況包括單圈時間清單628。單圈時間清單628視情況包括每一單圈之單圈數目及每一單圈之單圈時間。單圈時間清單628可回應於器件600之觸敏式表面上偵測之垂直滑移手勢向上及向 下垂直捲動。圖6P中所說明的使用者介面由此允許使用者將當前單圈時間檢視為類比單圈時間表示(在區域642中),且允許使用者檢視單圈時間清單(單圈時間清單628)。 The user interface also includes a lap time list 628 as appropriate. The lap time list 628 includes the number of each lap and the time of each lap as appropriate. The lap time list 628 can respond to vertical sliding gestures detected on the touch-sensitive surface of the device 600 up and down Scroll vertically down. The user interface illustrated in FIG. 6P thus allows the user to view the current lap time as an analog lap time representation (in area 642), and allows the user to view the lap time list (lap time list 628).

如上所述,參考圖6A至圖6M描述之實施例視情況與第一碼錶視圖(例如,圖表碼錶視圖)相關聯,且參考圖6N至圖6P描述之實施例視情況與第二碼錶視圖(例如,類比碼錶視圖)相關聯。圖6Q說明器件600呈現之用於在第三碼錶視圖(例如,混合碼錶視圖)中顯示單圈時間之例示性使用者介面。混合碼錶視圖可包括圖表碼錶視圖及類比碼錶視圖之態樣。大小縮減之單圈時間表示630可顯示迄今為止所記錄的單圈時間,包括當前單圈時間,如上文關於圖6A至圖6M所論述。類比鐘錶盤642可顯示當前單圈時間,如上文關於圖6N至圖6P所論述。最後,數位碼錶表示636可以數位方式顯示當前單圈時間。 As described above, the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 6A to 6M is optionally associated with the first code table view (for example, the chart code table view), and the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 6N to 6P is optionally associated with the second code Table views (for example, analog code table views) are associated. FIG. 6Q illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 600 for displaying the lap time in a third code table view (eg, a mixed code table view). The mixed code table view can include the chart code table view and the analog code table view. The reduced lap time display 630 can display the lap time recorded so far, including the current lap time, as discussed above with respect to FIGS. 6A to 6M. The analog clock dial 642 can display the current lap time, as discussed above with respect to FIGS. 6N to 6P. Finally, the digital code meter indicates that the 636 can display the current lap time digitally.

在一些實施例中,數位碼錶表示636之單元與類比鐘錶盤642之單元空間對準。亦即,類比鐘錶盤642之最左鐘錶盤視情況顯示分鐘數,如數位碼錶表示636之最左部分一樣;類比鐘錶盤642之中間鐘錶盤視情況顯示秒鐘數,如數位碼錶表示636之中間部分一樣;且類比鐘錶盤642之最右鐘錶盤視情況顯示一秒之1/10th,如數位碼錶表示636之最右部分一樣。 In some embodiments, the unit of the digital code table 636 is spatially aligned with the unit of the analog clock dial 642. That is, the leftmost dial of the analog clock dial 642 displays the number of minutes depending on the situation, just like the leftmost part of the digital code table 636; the middle dial of the analog clock dial 642 displays the number of seconds depending on the situation, such as the digital code table. as an intermediate portion 636; and analog timepiece 642 of the disc tray rightmost timepiece optionally one second display 1/10 th, such as digital code table as represented by the right-most portion 636.

應注意,儘管圖6A至圖6Q說明器件600之各種使用者介面,但所描述之技術可擴展以覆蓋其他器件,諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及圖5A)。亦即,各種電子器件可顯示圖6A至圖6Q中所描述之使用者介面。為簡潔起見,此處未明確論述彼等細節。此外,應理解,參考圖6A至圖6Q描述之使用者介面及操作之次序僅例示性的,且其並不限制本發明之範疇。舉例而言,圖6L中之垂直滑移可替代地已在圖6F中輸入以類似地顯示單圈時間清單。 It should be noted that although FIGS. 6A to 6Q illustrate various user interfaces of device 600, the described technology can be extended to cover other devices, such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3A, and 5A). That is, various electronic devices can display the user interface described in FIGS. 6A to 6Q. For the sake of brevity, these details are not explicitly discussed here. In addition, it should be understood that the user interface and the sequence of operations described with reference to FIGS. 6A to 6Q are only exemplary, and they do not limit the scope of the present invention. For example, the vertical slip in FIG. 6L may alternatively have been entered in FIG. 6F to similarly display the lap time list.

2.調整時間標度 2. Adjust the time scale

諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)之多功能器件可提供各種計時或碼錶功能性。作為此等功能性的一部分,此等器件可顯示具有某些時間標度之計時元件。使用者可以各種方式調整計時元件之時間標度。下文描述之實施例係針對可由使用者調整計時元件之時間標度的多功能器件。 Multifunctional devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A) can provide various timing or stopwatch functionality. As part of these functionality, these devices can display timing elements with certain time scales. The user can adjust the time scale of the timing element in various ways. The embodiment described below is directed to a multifunctional device that can adjust the time scale of the timing element by the user.

圖7A說明例示性電子器件700及例示性相關聯使用者介面。電子器件700可為器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)中的任一者。在所說明之實施例中,器件700為可穿戴器件。在一些實施例中,器件700提供一或多個碼錶功能性,該等功能性中之一者可為調整碼錶表示之時間標度(例如,調整類比碼錶表示之時間標度、調整數位碼錶表示之時間標度等)。器件700視情況顯示用於調整此類時間標度之一或多個使用者介面。 FIG. 7A illustrates an exemplary electronic device 700 and an exemplary associated user interface. The electronic device 700 may be any of the devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A). In the illustrated embodiment, the device 700 is a wearable device. In some embodiments, the device 700 provides one or more code table functionality, one of which may be adjusting the time scale represented by the code table (for example, adjusting the time scale represented by the analog code table, adjusting the time scale The time scale indicated by the digital code table, etc.). The device 700 displays one or more user interfaces for adjusting such time scales as appropriate.

圖7A中由器件700所顯示的使用者介面視情況包括用於表示當前單圈時間之類比碼錶表示702。類比碼錶表示702視情況具有指定時間標度(在此情況下,0至60秒)且視情況包括指針704,該指針視情況根據當前單圈時間相對於指定時間標度定位。在所說明之實施例中,指針704定位於時間標度上對應於5秒(當前單圈之歷時時間)之位置處。 The user interface displayed by the device 700 in FIG. 7A optionally includes an analog code table representation 702 for indicating the current lap time. The analog code table indicates that 702 optionally has a designated time scale (in this case, 0 to 60 seconds) and optionally includes a pointer 704, which is positioned relative to the designated time scale according to the current lap time as appropriate. In the illustrated embodiment, the pointer 704 is positioned on the time scale corresponding to 5 seconds (the duration of the current lap).

類比碼錶表示702視情況亦包括類比碼錶表示706。類比碼錶表示706視情況具有不同於用於表示當前單圈時間之類比碼錶表示702的時間標度。舉例而言,類比碼錶表示視情況具有0至30分鐘之時間標度(為易於描述而未加說明)。提供用於類比碼錶表示702及706之時間標度僅為例示性的,且其並不限制本發明之範疇。 The analog code table representation 702 also includes the analog code table representation 706 as appropriate. The analog code table representation 706 optionally has a time scale that is different from the analog code table representation 702 used to represent the current lap time. For example, the analog code table indicates a time scale of 0 to 30 minutes as appropriate (for ease of description without explanation). The time scales provided for the analog code table representations 702 and 706 are only exemplary, and they do not limit the scope of the present invention.

使用者可期望調整類比碼錶表示702及/或類比碼錶表示706之時間標度。上述時間標度之調整可回應於器件700處指定輸入之偵測而實現。舉例而言,器件700上可旋轉輸入機構701之旋轉輸入視情況允許類比碼錶表示702及/或類比碼錶表示706之時間標度之調整。在圖 7A中所說明的實施例中,手指708正提供旋轉輸入至可旋轉輸入機構701。 The user may wish to adjust the time scale of the analog code table indication 702 and/or the analog code table indication 706. The adjustment of the above-mentioned time scale can be realized in response to the detection of a designated input at the device 700. For example, the rotation input of the rotatable input mechanism 701 on the device 700 allows adjustment of the time scale of the analog code table indication 702 and/or the analog code table indication 706 as appropriate. In the picture In the embodiment illustrated in 7A, the finger 708 is providing rotational input to the rotatable input mechanism 701.

圖7B說明當在圖7A中之可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到旋轉輸入時由器件700呈現之例示性使用者介面。手指708可繼續在圖7B中之可旋轉輸入機構701處提供旋轉輸入。至今在可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測之旋轉輸入量視情況對應於用於將類比碼錶表示702之時間標度自0至60秒(在圖7A中)變成0至45秒(在圖7B中)的輸入量。回應於至今偵測到之旋轉輸入,類比碼錶表示702之時間標度視情況在偵測到旋轉輸入時根據旋轉輸入而變化。舉例而言,圖7A中所顯示的時間標度視情況在於可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到旋轉輸入時「拉伸」(例如,以循環方式移位)由旋轉輸入量與時間標度變化量之對應關係所定義的量。舉例而言,可旋轉輸入機構701之一半旋轉可對應於將時間標度增加或減少50%。 FIG. 7B illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 700 when a rotation input is detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 in FIG. 7A. The finger 708 can continue to provide rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 701 in FIG. 7B. The amount of rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 so far corresponds to the time scale used to change the analog code table 702 from 0 to 60 seconds (in FIG. 7A) to 0 to 45 seconds (in FIG. 7B). In) input volume. In response to the rotation input detected so far, the analog code table indicates that the time scale of 702 changes depending on the rotation input when the rotation input is detected. For example, the time scale shown in FIG. 7A depends on the fact that when a rotation input is detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701, it is "stretched" (for example, shifted in a cyclic manner) from the rotation input amount and the time scale. The quantity defined by the corresponding relationship of the quantity. For example, one-half rotation of the rotatable input mechanism 701 may correspond to increasing or decreasing the time scale by 50%.

結合類比碼錶表示702之時間標度之變化,視情況更新指針704相對於更新時間標度之位置以維持指針704之位置與當前單圈時間(在此情況下,5秒)之對應關係。 In combination with the analog code table indicating the change of the time scale of 702, the position of the pointer 704 relative to the updated time scale is updated as appropriate to maintain the correspondence between the position of the pointer 704 and the current lap time (in this case, 5 seconds).

在一些實施例中,視情況回應於可旋轉輸入機構701處之旋轉輸入之偵測類似地更新類比碼錶表示706之時間標度。在一些實施例中,視情況與類比碼錶表示702之時間標度之更新同時地更新類比碼錶表示706之時間標度(為易於描述而未加說明)。舉例而言,在所說明之實施例中,類比碼錶表示706之時間標度可根據在可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到之旋轉輸入量自0至30分鐘(在圖7A中)變成0至22.5分鐘(在圖7B中)。 In some embodiments, the time scale of the analog code table representation 706 is similarly updated in response to the detection of the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 701 as appropriate. In some embodiments, the time scale of the analog code table representation 706 is updated simultaneously with the update of the time scale of the analog code table representation 702 (for ease of description without explanation). For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the time scale of the analog code table 706 can be changed from 0 to 30 minutes (in FIG. 7A) to 0 based on the amount of rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701. To 22.5 minutes (in Figure 7B).

圖7C說明在於圖7B中之可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到之旋轉輸入停止之後由器件700呈現之例示性使用者介面。在一些實施例中,在可旋轉輸入機構701處之旋轉輸入停止之後,類比碼錶表示702及/或 706之時間標度保持為其在最後偵測到旋轉輸入時之最後狀態。舉例而言,在說明之實施例中,在類比碼錶表示702之時間標度已變成0至45秒時終止旋轉輸入。由此,在一些實施例中,類比碼錶表示702之時間標度在可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到之旋轉輸入停止之後保持為0至45秒。視情況在可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到之旋轉輸入停止之後類似地保持類比碼錶表示706之時間標度(為易於描述而未加說明)。 FIG. 7C illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 700 after the rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 in FIG. 7B is stopped. In some embodiments, after the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 701 stops, the analog code table indicates 702 and/or The time scale of 706 remains in its last state when the rotation input was last detected. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the rotation input is terminated when the analog code table indicates that the time scale of 702 has become 0 to 45 seconds. Thus, in some embodiments, the time scale of the analog code table representation 702 remains at 0 to 45 seconds after the rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 stops. Optionally, after the rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 stops, the time scale of the analog code table representation 706 is similarly maintained (not illustrated for ease of description).

圖7D說明在於圖7B中之可旋轉輸入機構701處偵測到之旋轉輸入停止之後由器件700呈現之替代例示性使用者介面。在一些實施例中,在可旋轉輸入機構701處之旋轉輸入停止之後,類比碼錶表示702及/或706之時間標度「貼齊(snap)」至對應於旋轉輸入之方向(例如,旋轉輸入正增加還是減少類比碼錶表示702及/或706之時間標度)的複數個預定義時間標度中之最接近預定義時間標度。 FIG. 7D illustrates an alternative exemplary user interface presented by the device 700 after the rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 701 in FIG. 7B is stopped. In some embodiments, after the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 701 stops, the analog code table indicates that the time scales of 702 and/or 706 "snap" to the direction corresponding to the rotation input (for example, rotation Input whether to increase or decrease the time scale of 702 and/or 706 (the time scale of 702 and/or 706) which is the closest to the predefined time scale.

舉例而言,類比碼錶表示702視情況與四個預定義時間標度相關聯:0至60秒、0至30秒、0至6秒及0至3秒;類似地,類比碼錶表示706視情況與四個預定義時間標度相關聯:0至30分鐘、0至15分鐘、0至3分鐘及0至2分鐘。當旋轉輸入在可旋轉輸入機構701處終止時,類比碼錶表示702之時間標度視情況「貼齊」至0至30秒而非保持在0至45秒(如圖7D中所說明),因為0至45秒視情況並非與類比碼錶表示702相關聯之四個預定義時間標度中之一者,且因為0至30秒視情況對應於旋轉輸入之方向(類比碼錶表示702之時間標度之減少)。視情況亦對應於類比碼錶表示702之時間標度之「貼齊」更新指針704之位置。儘管未加說明,但應理解,類比碼錶表示706之時間標度視情況亦「貼齊」至預定義時間標度。應理解,提供之預定義時間標度僅為例示性的,且並不限制本發明之範疇。 For example, the analog code table indicates that 702 is associated with four predefined time scales as appropriate: 0 to 60 seconds, 0 to 30 seconds, 0 to 6 seconds, and 0 to 3 seconds; similarly, the analog code table indicates 706 Depending on the situation, it is associated with four pre-defined time scales: 0 to 30 minutes, 0 to 15 minutes, 0 to 3 minutes, and 0 to 2 minutes. When the rotation input is terminated at the rotatable input mechanism 701, the analog code table indicates that the time scale of 702 is "snap" to 0 to 30 seconds instead of being held at 0 to 45 seconds (as illustrated in Figure 7D). Because 0 to 45 seconds is not one of the four predefined time scales associated with the analog code table representation 702 as appropriate, and because 0 to 30 seconds optionally corresponds to the direction of rotation input (the analog code table representation 702 is Reduction of the time scale). Optionally, the position of the updated pointer 704 corresponding to the “snap” of the time scale indicated by the analog code table 702 is also updated. Although it is not explained, it should be understood that the analog code table indicates that the time scale of 706 is also "fitted" to the predefined time scale as appropriate. It should be understood that the provided predefined time scale is only illustrative and does not limit the scope of the present invention.

應注意,儘管圖7A至圖7D說明器件700之各種使用者介面,但所描述之技術可擴展以覆蓋其他器件,諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖 1A、圖3A及圖5A)。亦即,各種電子器件可顯示圖7A至圖7D中所描述之使用者介面。為簡潔起見,此處未明確論述彼等細節。 It should be noted that although FIGS. 7A to 7D illustrate various user interfaces of the device 700, the described technology can be extended to cover other devices, such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, Figure 3A and Figure 5A). That is, various electronic devices can display the user interface described in FIGS. 7A to 7D. For the sake of brevity, these details are not explicitly discussed here.

3.設定計時器持續時間 3. Set the timer duration

諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)之多功能器件可提供各種計時功能性。作為此等功能性的一部分,此等器件可提供倒數計時器以自指定當前持續時間設定倒數。使用者可以各種方式調整當前持續時間設定。下文描述之實施例係針對可由使用者調整計時器之當前持續時間設定的多功能器件。 Multifunctional devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A) can provide various timing functionality. As part of these functionality, these devices can provide a countdown timer to set a countdown from the specified current duration. The user can adjust the current duration setting in various ways. The embodiment described below is directed to a multifunctional device whose current duration setting of the timer can be adjusted by the user.

圖8A說明例示性電子器件800及例示性相關聯使用者介面。電子器件800可為器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)中的任一者。在所說明之實施例中,器件800為可穿戴器件。在一些實施例中,器件800提供一或多個計時器功能性,該等功能性中之一者可為設定計時器持續時間。器件800視情況顯示用於設定計時器持續時間之一或多個使用者介面。 FIG. 8A illustrates an exemplary electronic device 800 and an exemplary associated user interface. The electronic device 800 may be any of the devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and/or FIG. 5A). In the illustrated embodiment, the device 800 is a wearable device. In some embodiments, the device 800 provides one or more timer functionality, one of which may be to set the timer duration. The device 800 displays one or more user interfaces for setting the timer duration as appropriate.

圖8A中由器件800顯示之使用者介面視情況包括具有類比表示802及數位表示806之計時器表示。類比表示802視情況具有指定時間標度(在此情況下,0至12小時),且包括用於表示指定時間標度上之當前持續時間設定(在此情況下,五個小時又30分鐘)之當前持續時間指示符804。在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符804表示對應於類比表示802之時間標度之單元的當前持續時間設定之指定單元之值(在此情況下,時數)。在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符804表示整個當前持續時間設定;在此等實施例中,當前持續時間指示符804將視情況定位於類比表示802之時間標度上5與6之間以表示5個小時又30分鐘之當前持續時間設定。 The user interface displayed by the device 800 in FIG. 8A includes a timer representation with an analog representation 802 and a digital representation 806 as appropriate. The analogy means that 802 has a designated time scale as appropriate (in this case, 0 to 12 hours), and includes a setting for representing the current duration on the designated time scale (in this case, five hours and 30 minutes) The current duration indicator 804. In some embodiments, the current duration indicator 804 represents the value of the specified unit (in this case, the number of hours) corresponding to the current duration setting of the unit of the analog representation 802 on the time scale. In some embodiments, the current duration indicator 804 represents the entire current duration setting; in these embodiments, the current duration indicator 804 will be positioned between 5 and 6 on the time scale of the analog representation 802 as appropriate. It is set to indicate the current duration of 5 hours and 30 minutes.

數位表示806視情況包括用於表示當前持續時間設定(在此情況下,5個小時)之時數單元的時數部分及用於表示當前持續時間設定 (在此情況下,30分鐘)之分鐘數單元的分鐘數部分。應理解,用於數位表示806之其他結構是可能的。類比表示802及數位表示806視情況以協同方式表示當前持續時間設定(例如,若當前持續時間設定變化,則視情況更新數位表示806及類比表示802兩者以反映該變化)。 The digital representation 806 optionally includes the hour part of the hour unit used to represent the current duration setting (in this case, 5 hours) and the current duration setting (In this case, 30 minutes) The minute part of the minute unit. It should be understood that other structures for the digital representation 806 are possible. The analog representation 802 and the digital representation 806 indicate the current duration setting in a cooperative manner as appropriate (for example, if the current duration setting changes, both the digital representation 806 and the analog representation 802 are updated as appropriate to reflect the change).

圖8A中之使用者介面亦視情況包括用以自當前持續時間設定開始倒數之按鈕807及用於將倒數重設至初始當前持續時間設定值之按鈕809。 The user interface in FIG. 8A also optionally includes a button 807 for counting down from the current duration setting and a button 809 for resetting the countdown to the initial current duration setting value.

使用者可期望調整類比表示802及/或數位表示806之當前持續時間設定。當前持續時間設定之調整可回應於器件800處指定輸入之偵測而實現。舉例而言,器件800上可旋轉輸入機構801之旋轉輸入視情況允許當前持續時間設定之調整。 The user may wish to adjust the current duration setting of the analog display 802 and/or the digital display 806. The adjustment of the current duration setting can be realized in response to the detection of the specified input at the device 800. For example, the rotation input of the rotatable input mechanism 801 on the device 800 allows the adjustment of the current duration setting as appropriate.

圖8B說明當在可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到旋轉輸入時由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。手指808正視情況提供旋轉輸入至可旋轉輸入機構801。回應於旋轉輸入,視情況根據旋轉輸入改變當前持續時間設定。在所說明之實施例中,旋轉輸入已將當前持續時間設定自5小時又30分鐘縮減至四小時又30分鐘。視情況藉由數位表示806反映更新之當前持續時間設定。亦視情況藉由類比表示802上當前持續時間指示符804之變化位置反映更新之當前持續時間設定。如所說明,當前持續時間指示符804已根據旋轉輸入在類比表示802之時間標度上自定位於5處移動至定位於4處。在一些實施例中,當偵測到旋轉輸入時移動當前持續時間指示符804。 8B illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 when a rotation input is detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801. The finger 808 provides rotation input to the rotatable input mechanism 801 according to the situation. In response to the rotation input, the current duration setting is changed according to the rotation input as appropriate. In the illustrated embodiment, the rotary input has reduced the current duration from 5 hours and 30 minutes to four hours and 30 minutes. Optionally, the digital display 806 reflects the updated current duration setting. Depending on the situation, the changing position of the current duration indicator 804 on the analogy representation 802 reflects the updated current duration setting. As illustrated, the current duration indicator 804 has moved from position 5 to position 4 on the time scale of the analog representation 802 according to the rotation input. In some embodiments, the current duration indicator 804 is moved when a rotation input is detected.

在一些實施例中,在於可旋轉輸入機構801處供應旋轉輸入之前,使用者視情況指定將藉由旋轉輸入改變當前持續時間設定之哪一單元。圖8C說明使用者對將藉由可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變的當前持續時間設定之時數單元的指定。如之前所述,數位表示806視情況具有時數部分810及分鐘數部分811。可選擇或指 定數位表示之該兩個部分中之一者以指定當前持續時間設定之哪一單元(例如,時數或分鐘數單元)將藉由在可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變。舉例而言,可選擇時數部分810(如所說明)以指定將藉由可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變當前持續時間設定之時數單元。替代地,可選擇分鐘數部分811以指定將藉由可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變當前持續時間設定之分鐘數單元。如所說明,手指808已選擇數位表示806之時數部分810。 In some embodiments, before the rotation input is supplied at the rotatable input mechanism 801, the user may specify which unit of the current duration setting will be changed by the rotation input as appropriate. FIG. 8C illustrates the user's designation of the hour unit for setting the current duration of the subsequent rotation input detected by the rotatable input mechanism 801. As mentioned earlier, the digital representation 806 has an hour part 810 and a minute part 811 as appropriate. Optional or refer to One of the two parts represented by a fixed number specifies which unit (for example, hour or minute unit) set by the current duration will be changed by the subsequent rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801 . For example, the hour portion 810 (as illustrated) can be selected to specify the hour unit that will change the current duration setting by the subsequent rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801. Alternatively, the minutes portion 811 can be selected to specify the minutes unit in which the current duration setting will be changed by the subsequent rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801. As illustrated, the finger 808 has selected the hour portion 810 of the digital representation 806.

圖8D說明在圖8C中之時數部分810之選擇之後由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。回應於時數部分810之選擇,視情況在使用者介面中顯示視覺提示以表明已選擇時數部分810。舉例而言,時數部分810視情況經突出顯示、開始閃爍或經顯示在邊界內(或提供任何其他視覺提示以表明時數部分810之選擇)。在所說明之實施例中,在時數部分810周圍顯示方框812以表明其選擇。 FIG. 8D illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 after the selection of the hour portion 810 in FIG. 8C. In response to the selection of the hour portion 810, a visual prompt is displayed in the user interface as appropriate to indicate that the hour portion 810 has been selected. For example, the hour portion 810 is highlighted, starts to flash, or is displayed within the boundary as appropriate (or any other visual cue is provided to indicate the selection of the hour portion 810). In the illustrated embodiment, a box 812 is displayed around the hour portion 810 to indicate its selection.

另外,視情況回應於時數部分810之選擇將類比表示802之時間標度更新為與時數部分810相關聯之時間標度。舉例而言,視情況回應於時數部分810之選擇將類比表示802之時間標度更新為0至12小時。代替0至12小時時間標度,其他時間標度可替代地與時數部分810相關聯。若類比表示802之時間標度已為0至12小時,則不必回應於時數部分810之選擇來更新時間標度(如圖8D中之情況)。 In addition, in response to the selection of the hour portion 810 as appropriate, the time scale of the analog representation 802 is updated to the time scale associated with the hour portion 810. For example, in response to the selection of the hour part 810, the time scale of the analog representation 802 is updated to 0-12 hours as appropriate. Instead of the 0-12 hour time scale, other time scales may alternatively be associated with the hour portion 810. If the analogy indicates that the time scale of 802 is 0 to 12 hours, it is not necessary to update the time scale in response to the selection of the hour part 810 (as in the case of FIG. 8D).

圖8E說明回應於在可旋轉輸入機構801處之旋轉輸入之偵測由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。手指808已在可旋轉輸入機構801處提供旋轉輸入。因為選擇時數部分810,故可旋轉輸入機構801處之旋轉輸入視情況改變當前持續時間設定之時數單元。數位表示806視情況反映此變化(在此情況下,自四小時至兩小時的變化)。另外,如所說明,視情況更新當前持續時間指示符804以反映當前持續時間設定 之時數單元之變化。 8E illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 in response to the detection of the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 801. The finger 808 has provided a rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 801. Because the hour portion 810 is selected, the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 801 can change the hour unit of the current duration setting as appropriate. The digital representation 806 reflects this change as appropriate (in this case, the change from four hours to two hours). In addition, as explained, the current duration indicator 804 is updated as appropriate to reflect the current duration setting Changes in the number of hours.

圖8F說明使用者對將藉由可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變的當前持續時間設定之分鐘數單元的指定。當前可選擇時數部分810,如先前所論述。如所說明,手指808已選擇數位表示806之分鐘數部分811以指定當前持續時間設定之分鐘數單元將藉由可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之後續旋轉輸入改變。 FIG. 8F illustrates the user's designation of the number of minutes unit to set the current duration of the subsequent rotation input detected by the rotatable input mechanism 801. The hour portion 810 is currently selectable, as previously discussed. As explained, the finger 808 has selected the minute portion 811 of the digital representation 806 to specify that the minute unit of the current duration setting will be changed by the subsequent rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801.

圖8G說明在圖8F中之分鐘數部分811之選擇之後由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。回應於分鐘數部分811之選擇,視情況在使用者介面中顯示視覺提示以表明已選擇分鐘數部分811。舉例而言,分鐘數部分811視情況經突出顯示、開始閃爍或經顯示在邊界內(或提供任何其他視覺提示以表明分鐘數部分811之選擇)。在所說明之實施例中,在分鐘數部分811周圍顯示方框812以表明其選擇。 FIG. 8G illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 after the selection of the minutes portion 811 in FIG. 8F. In response to the selection of the minutes part 811, a visual prompt is displayed in the user interface as appropriate to indicate that the minutes part 811 has been selected. For example, the minutes portion 811 may be highlighted, start to flash, or displayed within the boundary as appropriate (or provide any other visual cue to indicate the selection of the minutes portion 811). In the illustrated embodiment, a box 812 is displayed around the minutes portion 811 to indicate its selection.

另外,視情況回應於分鐘數部分811之選擇將類比表示802之時間標度更新為與分鐘數部分811相關聯之時間標度。舉例而言,如所說明,視情況回應於分鐘數部分811之選擇將類比表示802之時間標度更新為0至60分鐘。代替0至60分鐘時間標度,其他時間標度可替代地與分鐘數部分811相關聯。若類比表示802之時間標度已為0至60分鐘,則不必更新時間標度以反映分鐘數部分811之選擇。 In addition, as appropriate, in response to the selection of the minutes part 811, the time scale of the analog representation 802 is updated to the time scale associated with the minutes part 811. For example, as illustrated, in response to the selection of the minutes part 811, the time scale of the analog representation 802 is updated to 0-60 minutes as appropriate. Instead of a time scale of 0 to 60 minutes, other time scales may alternatively be associated with the minutes portion 811. If the analogy indicates that the time scale of 802 is 0-60 minutes, the time scale does not need to be updated to reflect the selection of the minutes part 811.

圖8H說明回應於在可旋轉輸入機構801處之旋轉輸入之偵測由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。手指808已在可旋轉輸入機構801處提供旋轉輸入。因為選擇分鐘數部分811,故可旋轉輸入機構801處之旋轉輸入視情況改變當前持續時間設定之分鐘數單元。數位表示806視情況反映此變化(在此情況下,自30分鐘至40分鐘的變化)。另外,如所說明,視情況更新當前持續時間指示符804以反映當前持續時間設定之分鐘數單元之變化。 FIG. 8H illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 in response to the detection of the rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 801. The finger 808 has provided a rotation input at the rotatable input mechanism 801. Because the minutes part 811 is selected, the rotary input at the rotatable input mechanism 801 can change the minutes unit of the current duration setting as appropriate. The digital representation 806 reflects this change as appropriate (in this case, the change from 30 minutes to 40 minutes). In addition, as explained, the current duration indicator 804 is updated as appropriate to reflect the change in minutes unit of the current duration setting.

圖8I說明使用者對自當前持續時間設定之計時器倒數的開始。如 先前所論述,按鈕807之選擇視情況開始自當前持續時間設定之計時器倒數。如所說明,手指808已選擇「開始」按鈕807。 Figure 8I illustrates the start of the user's countdown of the timer set from the current duration. Such as As previously discussed, the selection of the button 807 starts counting down from the timer set for the current duration as appropriate. As explained, the finger 808 has selected the "start" button 807.

圖8J說明在圖8I中之「開始」按鈕807之選擇之後由器件800呈現之例示性使用者介面。按鈕807視情況自圖8I中之「開始」按鈕變成圖8J中之「終止」按鈕以用於終止圖8I中起始之計時器倒數。另外,視情況更新數位表示806以反映自圖8I中之「開始」按鈕807之選擇經過的時間。在所說明之實施例中,自圖8I中之「開始」按鈕807之選擇已經過五秒。另外,亦視情況更新當前持續時間指示符804以如藉由其自其在類比表示802之時間標度中緊挨40之位置至其在類比表示802之時間標度中緊挨35之位置的變化所說明來反映經過的時間。 FIG. 8J illustrates an exemplary user interface presented by the device 800 after the selection of the "start" button 807 in FIG. 8I. The button 807 changes from the "Start" button in FIG. 8I to the "Stop" button in FIG. 8J as appropriate for terminating the timer countdown started in FIG. 8I. In addition, the digital representation 806 is updated as appropriate to reflect the elapsed time since the selection of the "start" button 807 in FIG. 8I. In the illustrated embodiment, five seconds have passed since the selection of the "start" button 807 in FIG. 8I. In addition, the current duration indicator 804 is also updated according to the situation so as to change from its position close to 40 in the time scale of analog representation 802 to its position close to 35 in the time scale of analog representation 802. Changes are described to reflect elapsed time.

圖8K說明用於當前持續時間指示符804之替代形式。在一些實施例中,代替圓點(如圖8A至8J中所說明),當前持續時間指示符804視情況為具有填充面積之區域,該區域自類比表示802之時間標度上對應於0之位置延伸至類比表示802之時間標度上對應於當前持續時間設定之當前所選單元之值(在此情況下,35分鐘)的位置。在所有其他態樣中,圖8K之當前持續時間指示符804視情況以類似於圖8A至圖8J之當前持續時間指示符804的方式起作用。舉例而言,在當前持續時間設定之分鐘數(或時數)單元不論歸因於可旋轉輸入機構801處偵測到之旋轉輸入還是計時器倒數而變化時,當前持續時間指示符804視情況在類比表示802之周界周圍擴展或收縮。 Figure 8K illustrates an alternative form for the current duration indicator 804. In some embodiments, instead of dots (as illustrated in FIGS. 8A to 8J), the current duration indicator 804 is, as appropriate, an area with a filled area, which corresponds to 0 on the time scale of the analogy representation 802 The position extends to the position on the time scale of the analogy representation 802 corresponding to the value of the currently selected unit (in this case, 35 minutes) of the current duration setting. In all other aspects, the current duration indicator 804 of FIG. 8K optionally functions in a manner similar to the current duration indicator 804 of FIGS. 8A to 8J. For example, when the unit of minutes (or hours) set for the current duration changes regardless of whether it is due to the rotation input detected at the rotatable input mechanism 801 or the countdown of the timer, the current duration indicator 804 depends on the situation Expand or contract around the perimeter of the analogy representation 802.

應注意,儘管圖8A至圖8K說明器件800之各種使用者介面,但所描述之技術可擴展以覆蓋其他器件,諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A及圖5A)。亦即,各種電子器件可顯示圖8A至圖8K中所描述之使用者介面。為簡潔起見,此處未明確論述彼等細節。此外,應理解,參考圖8A至圖8K描述之使用者介面及操作之次序僅為例示性的,且其並不限制本發明之範疇。舉例而言,使用者在選擇及改變數 位計時器表示806之時數部分之前可能已選擇及改變數位計時器表示806之分鐘數部分。 It should be noted that although FIGS. 8A to 8K illustrate various user interfaces of device 800, the described technology can be extended to cover other devices, such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3A, and 5A). That is, various electronic devices can display the user interface described in FIGS. 8A to 8K. For the sake of brevity, these details are not explicitly discussed here. In addition, it should be understood that the user interface and the sequence of operations described with reference to FIGS. 8A to 8K are only exemplary, and they do not limit the scope of the present invention. For example, the user is selecting and changing the data The hour portion of the digital timer display 806 may have been selected and changed before the minutes portion of the digital timer display 806.

圖9A至圖9B為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中表示單圈時間之處理程序900的流程圖。處理程序900可在各種實施例中藉由諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A、圖5A)之電子器件進行。在區塊902處,電子器件於第一時間在使用者介面中顯示(例如,在觸敏式顯示器上)第一單圈時間之第一表示(例如第一圓點)。 9A to 9B are flowcharts illustrating the processing procedure 900 for representing the lap time in the user interface of the electronic device. The processing procedure 900 may be performed by electronic devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and FIG. 5A) in various embodiments. At block 902, the electronic device displays (for example, on a touch-sensitive display) the first representation (for example, the first dot) of the first lap time in the user interface for the first time.

在區塊904處,電子器件根據自第一時間歷時的第一時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線(例如,垂直軸線)移動第一表示,該第一時間量對應於第一單圈時間(例如,隨著在第一時間之後時間繼續經過而沿第一軸線以連續方式移動第一表示)。在區塊906處,當移動第一表示的同時,電子器件於第二時間偵測器件處之第一單圈輸入(例如,偵測在使用者介面中觸敏式顯示器上單圈按鈕之選擇)。 At block 904, the electronic device moves the first representation along a first axis (for example, a vertical axis) in the user interface according to a first amount of time elapsed from the first time, and the first amount of time corresponds to the first lap Time (eg, moving the first representation in a continuous manner along the first axis as time continues to elapse after the first time). At block 906, while moving the first representation, the electronic device detects the first single-turn input at the device at a second time (for example, detecting the selection of a single-turn button on the touch-sensitive display in the user interface ).

在區塊908處,回應於第一單圈輸入,電子器件:停止第一表示沿第一軸線之移動且在區塊910處在使用者介面中顯示第二單圈時間之第二表示(例如,第二圓點)。舉例而言,回應於第一單圈輸入,電子器件將第一表示定格在使用者介面中當偵測到第一單圈輸入時第一表示所位於之位置,且將第二表示新增至使用者介面。 At block 908, in response to the first lap input, the electronic device: stops the movement of the first representation along the first axis and displays the second representation of the second lap time in the user interface at block 910 (for example , The second dot). For example, in response to the first lap input, the electronic device freezes the first representation in the user interface where the first representation is located when the first lap input is detected, and adds the second representation to user interface.

在區塊912處,電子器件根據自第二時間歷時的第二時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線(例如,垂直軸線)移動第二表示,該第二時間量對應於第二單圈時間(例如,隨著在第二時間之後時間繼續經過而沿第一軸線以連續方式移動第二表示)。在一些實施例中,第一表示與第二表示沿第一軸線之相對定位對應於第一單圈時間與第二單圈時間之間的差異。舉例而言,在一些實施例中,第二表示將在第二單圈時間小於第一單圈時間時展示於第一表示下方,且將隨著第二單圈時間越來越接近第一單圈時間而以第一軸線之方向移動;在第二單圈時間超過第一單圈時間時,第二表示將展示於第一表示上方且將隨著第 二單圈時間逐漸超過第一單圈時間而以第一軸線之方向繼續移動。 At block 912, the electronic device moves the second representation along the first axis (for example, the vertical axis) in the user interface according to the second amount of time elapsed from the second time, the second amount of time corresponds to the second lap Time (for example, moving the second representation in a continuous manner along the first axis as time continues to elapse after the second time). In some embodiments, the relative positioning of the first and second representations along the first axis corresponds to the difference between the first lap time and the second lap time. For example, in some embodiments, the second representation will be displayed below the first representation when the second lap time is less than the first lap time, and will become closer to the first lap as the second lap time Lap time moves in the direction of the first axis; when the second lap time exceeds the first lap time, the second indicator will be displayed above the first indicator and will follow the The second lap time gradually exceeds the first lap time and continues to move in the direction of the first axis.

在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示在使用者介面中在與第一軸線正交之方向上間隔(例如,水平地間隔)一距離(例如,恆定距離)。在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示在使用者介面中藉由線連接。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are spaced (e.g., horizontally spaced) by a distance (e.g., a constant distance) in a direction orthogonal to the first axis in the user interface. In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are connected by lines in the user interface.

在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示包含第一碼錶視圖。電子器件視情況偵測器件處之視圖變化輸入(例如,觸敏式顯示器上之用以切換至不同碼錶視圖之輸入)。回應於視圖變化輸入,電子器件視情況顯示不同於第一碼錶視圖之第二碼錶視圖(例如,類比碼錶視圖、數位碼錶視圖等),該第二碼錶視圖包括關於第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間之資訊。舉例而言,當自第一碼錶視圖切換至第二碼錶視圖時視情況保存關於對應於第一表示之第一單圈時間及對應於第二表示之第二單圈時間的資訊。第二碼錶視圖視情況以不同於第一碼錶視圖之第一及第二表示的方式顯示此資訊。舉例而言,第二碼錶視圖視情況為顯示作為單圈時間清單之一部分的第一及第二單圈時間的數位碼錶視圖。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation include a first code table view. The electronic device detects the view change input at the device according to the situation (for example, the input for switching to a different code table view on a touch-sensitive display). In response to the view change input, the electronic device displays a second code table view (for example, an analog code table view, a digital code table view, etc.) that is different from the first code table view as appropriate, and the second code table view includes information about the first code table. Information about lap time and second lap time. For example, when switching from the first stopwatch view to the second stopwatch view, information about the first lap time corresponding to the first representation and the second lap time corresponding to the second representation is stored as appropriate. The second code table view displays this information in a different manner from the first and second representations of the first code table view as appropriate. For example, the second stopwatch view is optionally a digital stopwatch view that displays the first and second lap times as part of the lap time list.

在一些實施例中,電子器件偵測器件之觸敏式表面上(例如,器件之觸敏式顯示器上)之單圈時間顯示輸入,該單圈時間顯示輸入包含觸敏式表面上之接觸及接觸之移動(例如,垂直撥動)。回應於單圈時間顯示輸入,電子器件視情況顯示包括第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間之單圈時間清單。在一些實施例中,回應於單圈時間顯示輸入,電子器件修改第一及第二表示之顯示以縮減第一及第二表示在使用者介面中之顯示區域(例如,縮減第一及第二表示之顯示區域,且至少部分地在使用者介面中之由於縮減第一及第二表示之顯示區域而變得可用之區域中顯示單圈時間清單)。 In some embodiments, the electronic device detects the lap time display input on the touch-sensitive surface of the device (for example, on the touch-sensitive display of the device), and the lap time display input includes contact on the touch-sensitive surface and Contact movement (for example, vertical flicking). In response to the lap time display input, the electronic device displays the lap time list including the first lap time and the second lap time as appropriate. In some embodiments, in response to the lap time display input, the electronic device modifies the display of the first and second representations to reduce the display area of the first and second representations in the user interface (for example, to reduce the first and second representations). The display area of the display, and the lap time list is displayed at least in part in the area of the user interface that becomes available due to the reduction of the display areas of the first and second displays).

在一些實施例中,以第一時間標度顯示使用者介面沿第一軸線 之第一維度,該第一時間標度具有第一最大單圈時間(例如,使用者介面之垂直維度及對應時間標度使得可顯示「第一最大單圈時間」之最大單圈時間。舉例而言,垂直維度及對應時間標度可使得可顯示一分鐘之最大單圈時間),且第二單圈時間超過第一最大單圈時間(例如,第二單圈時間比一分鐘更長)。當第二單圈時間超過第一最大單圈時間時,電子器件視情況於第三時間偵測器件處之第二單圈輸入(例如,偵測使用者介面中觸敏式顯示器上之單圈按鈕之選擇)。回應於第二單圈輸入,電子器件視情況判定第二時間標度具有大於第二單圈時間之第二最大單圈時間(例如,判定大於第二單圈時間之時間標度使得第二單圈時間可顯示於該時間標度上),且更新使用者介面之第一維度以具有第二時間標度。舉例而言,更新第一維度視情況包括更新第一表示在使用者介面中之位置以維持第一表示相對於第二時間標度之恰當相對定位。另外,若時間標度增加,則第一、第二及其他表示之移動速率視情況降低以維持移動與歷時時間之間的恰當對應關係。在一些實施例中,在偵測到第二單圈輸入之後更新第一維度之時間標度,且第二表示在第一維度之最大點處保持靜止直至時間標度經更新為止。 In some embodiments, the user interface is displayed along the first axis on a first time scale The first dimension, the first time scale has the first maximum lap time (for example, the vertical dimension of the user interface and the corresponding time scale make it possible to display the maximum lap time of the "first maximum lap time". In other words, the vertical dimension and the corresponding time scale can make it possible to display the maximum lap time of one minute), and the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time (for example, the second lap time is longer than one minute) . When the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time, the electronic device detects the second lap input at the device at the third time as appropriate (for example, detects the lap on the touch-sensitive display in the user interface). Button selection). In response to the second lap input, the electronic device determines that the second time scale has the second maximum lap time greater than the second lap time as appropriate (for example, determines that the time scale greater than the second lap time is such that the second lap time The lap time can be displayed on the time scale), and the first dimension of the user interface is updated to have the second time scale. For example, updating the first dimension optionally includes updating the position of the first representation in the user interface to maintain the proper relative positioning of the first representation with respect to the second time scale. In addition, if the time scale increases, the movement rates of the first, second, and other representations are reduced as appropriate to maintain a proper correspondence between movement and duration. In some embodiments, the time scale of the first dimension is updated after detecting the second lap input, and the second representation remains stationary at the maximum point of the first dimension until the time scale is updated.

在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示提供其各別單圈時間之各別視覺提示。舉例而言,對應於最長單圈之表示視情況提供第一視覺提示,對應於該單圈之表示視情況提供第二視覺提示。舉例而言,對應於最長單圈時間之表示視情況為紅色圓點,且對應於最短單圈時間之表示視情況為綠色圓點。對應於當前單圈之表示視情況在其對應單圈時間比最短單圈短時於綠色與白色之間閃爍,在其對應單圈時間比最短單圈長但比最長單圈短時變成純白,且在其對應單圈時間比最長單圈長時變成純紅。若對應於當前單圈之表示變成最長單圈,則視情況為純紅之先前最長單圈視情況在當前單圈表示變成純紅時變成純 白。可以此方式類似地利用其他色彩及/或視覺提示。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation provide respective visual cues of their respective lap times. For example, the representation corresponding to the longest lap may optionally provide a first visual cue, and the representation corresponding to the single lap may optionally provide a second visual cue. For example, the representation corresponding to the longest lap time is a red dot as appropriate, and the representation corresponding to the shortest lap time is a green dot as appropriate. The indicator corresponding to the current lap will flash between green and white when the corresponding lap time is shorter than the shortest lap depending on the situation, and it will become pure white when the corresponding lap time is longer than the shortest lap but shorter than the longest lap. And when the corresponding lap time is longer than the longest lap, it becomes pure red. If the indication corresponding to the current lap becomes the longest lap, the previous longest lap, which is pure red depending on the situation, becomes pure when the current lap becomes pure red. White. Other colors and/or visual cues can be similarly utilized in this way.

在一些實施例中,電子器件顯示除第一表示該第二表示之外的碼錶表示(例如,數位碼錶及/或類比碼錶),該碼錶表示包括關於第二單圈時間之資訊。舉例而言,除第一及第二表示之外,碼錶表示視情況還同時顯示第二單圈時間。然而,碼錶表示視情況以不同於第一表示及第二表示的格式顯示第二單圈時間。舉例而言,第一及第二表示可以線圖形式呈現單圈時間資訊,而碼錶表示可以數位碼錶表示之形式呈現單圈時間資訊(詳言之第二單圈時間資訊)。 In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a code table representation (for example, a digital code table and/or an analog code table) other than the first representation and the second representation, and the code table representation includes information about the second lap time . For example, in addition to the first and second indications, the stopwatch indicates that the second lap time is also displayed as appropriate. However, the stopwatch indicates that the second lap time is displayed in a different format from the first and second indications as appropriate. For example, the first and second representations can present lap time information in the form of a line graph, and the stopwatch representation can present lap time information in the form of a digital code table (the second lap time information in detail).

在一些實施例中,電子器件於第三時間偵測器件處之第二單圈輸入(例如,偵測使用者介面中觸敏式顯示器上之單圈按鈕之選擇),該第三時間在第二時間之後。回應於第二單圈輸入,電子器件視情況基於第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間判定平均單圈時間(例如,判定作為沿第一軸線之表示記錄的一些或所有單圈時間之平均單圈時間),且在使用者介面中顯示平均單圈時間之表示。舉例而言,電子器件視情況顯示在第一軸線上一點處與第一軸線正交之線,該點對應於該單圈時間。以此方式,第一/第二表示及平均單圈時間線之相對定位視情況指示第一/第二單圈時間相對於平均單圈時間之相對長度。 In some embodiments, the electronic device detects the second single-turn input at the device at the third time (for example, detecting the selection of a single-turn button on the touch-sensitive display in the user interface), and the third time is at the third time Two time later. In response to the second lap input, the electronics determine the average lap time based on the first lap time and the second lap time as appropriate (for example, determine the average of some or all lap times recorded as a representation along the first axis) Lap time), and display the average lap time in the user interface. For example, the electronic device optionally displays a line orthogonal to the first axis at a point on the first axis, and this point corresponds to the lap time. In this way, the relative positioning of the first/second representation and the average lap time line optionally indicates the relative length of the first/second lap time with respect to the average lap time.

在一些實施例中,在於使用者介面中沿第一軸線(例如,垂直軸線)移動第一表示之前,電子器件量測自第一時間歷時的第一時間量,其中根據所量測第一時間量沿第一軸線移動第一表示,且在於使用者介面中沿第一軸線(例如,垂直軸線)移動第二表示之前,電子器件量測自第二時間歷時的第二時間量,其中根據所量測第二時間量沿第一軸線移動第二表示。 In some embodiments, before moving the first representation along the first axis (for example, the vertical axis) in the user interface, the electronic device measures a first amount of time elapsed from the first time, wherein the first time is measured according to the measured first time The amount moves the first representation along the first axis, and before moving the second representation along the first axis (for example, the vertical axis) in the user interface, the electronic device measures the second amount of time from the second time duration, where according to Measure the second amount of time to move the second representation along the first axis.

圖10為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新單圈時間表示之時間標度之處理程序1000的流程圖。處理程序1000可在各種實施例中藉由諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A、圖5A)之電子器件 進行。在區塊1002處,包括可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件在使用者介面中顯示(例如,在觸敏式顯示器上)當前單圈時間之第一表示(例如,類比鐘錶盤)。第一表示具有第一時間標度(例如,0至60秒、0至30秒、0至6秒、0至3秒)且包括第一元件(例如,類比錶/計時器指針),第一元件根據第一時間標度上之當前單圈時間相對於第一時間標度定位。舉例而言,類比指針可根據為25秒之當前單圈時間定位於30秒時間標度上之25秒處或可根據為35秒之當前單圈時間定位於30秒時間標度上之5秒處。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating the processing procedure 1000 for updating the time scale of the lap time display in the user interface of the electronic device. The processing program 1000 can be implemented by electronic devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and FIG. 5A) in various embodiments. get on. At block 1002, the electronic device including the rotatable input mechanism displays (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) the first representation of the current lap time (e.g., analog clock dial) in the user interface. The first representation has a first time scale (for example, 0 to 60 seconds, 0 to 30 seconds, 0 to 6 seconds, 0 to 3 seconds) and includes a first element (for example, analog watch/timer hand), the first The element is positioned relative to the first time scale according to the current lap time on the first time scale. For example, the analog hand can be positioned at 25 seconds on the 30-second time scale based on the current lap time of 25 seconds or can be positioned at 5 seconds on the 30-second time scale based on the current lap time of 35 seconds Place.

在區塊1004處,在顯示第一表示的同時,電子器件偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動。在區塊1006處,回應於旋轉移動,電子器件根據旋轉移動更新當前單圈時間之第一表示以具有不同於第一時間標度之第二時間標度。舉例而言,電子器件基於旋轉輸入之旋轉方向增加或減少時間標度。在區塊1006處,電子器件亦根據第二時間標度上之當前單圈時間更新第一元件之位置。舉例而言,若類比指針經定位指向對應於30秒時間標度上之25秒的位置,則當時間標度變成60秒時,類比指針之位置將變成指向對應於60秒時間標度上之25秒的新位置。 At block 1004, while displaying the first indication, the electronic device detects the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism. At block 1006, in response to the rotational movement, the electronic device updates the first representation of the current lap time according to the rotational movement to have a second time scale that is different from the first time scale. For example, the electronic device increases or decreases the time scale based on the rotation direction of the rotation input. At block 1006, the electronic device also updates the position of the first element according to the current lap time on the second time scale. For example, if the analog hand is positioned to point to a position corresponding to 25 seconds on the 30-second time scale, when the time scale becomes 60 seconds, the position of the analog hand will change to point to the position corresponding to the 60-second time scale. New position in 25 seconds.

在一些實施例中,將第一表示更新成具有第二時間標度包含自複數個預定義時間標度(例如60秒、30秒、6秒及3秒之預定義時間標度)選擇第二時間標度。在一些實施例中,可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動對應於不同於複數個預定義時間標度中之每一者的第一輸入時間標度(例如,可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動視情況對應於將時間標度自60秒變成20秒),且自複數個預定義時間標度選擇第二時間標度包含判定複數個預定義時間標度中之哪一者最接近第一輸入時間標度及選擇預定義時間標度中之最接近時間標度作為第二時間標度。舉例而言,若可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動視情況對應於將時間標度自60秒變成20秒,則相較於6秒,選擇30秒作為第二時間標度,因為30秒比6秒更接 近20秒。 In some embodiments, updating the first representation to have a second time scale includes selecting the second from a plurality of predefined time scales (for example, 60 seconds, 30 seconds, 6 seconds, and 3 seconds predefined time scales). Time scale. In some embodiments, the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism corresponds to a first input time scale that is different from each of the plurality of predefined time scales (for example, the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism optionally corresponds to Changing the time scale from 60 seconds to 20 seconds), and selecting the second time scale from a plurality of predefined time scales includes determining which of the plurality of predefined time scales is closest to the first input time scale and The closest time scale among the predefined time scales is selected as the second time scale. For example, if the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism corresponds to changing the time scale from 60 seconds to 20 seconds as appropriate, then 30 seconds is selected as the second time scale compared to 6 seconds, because 30 seconds is better than 6 seconds More Nearly 20 seconds.

在一些實施例中,更新第一表示包含顯示第一表示自第一時間標度變成第二時間標度(例如,將第一表示之時間標度自當前時間標度收縮或拉伸至新時間標度)之動畫。在一些實施例中,當前單圈時間之第一表示(例如,主鐘錶盤)包括當前單圈時間之第二表示(例如,子鐘錶盤),第二表示具有不同於第一時間標度之第三時間標度。回應於旋轉移動,電子器件視情況根據旋轉移動更新當前單圈時間之第二表示以具有不同於第二時間標度之第四時間標度(例如,基於旋轉輸入之旋轉移動且與主鐘錶盤之時間標度之變化協作增加或減少子鐘錶盤之時間標度。舉例而言,將60秒主鐘錶盤之30分鐘子鐘錶盤更新為30秒主鐘錶盤之15分鐘子鐘錶盤)。 In some embodiments, updating the first representation includes displaying that the first representation has changed from the first time scale to the second time scale (eg, shrinking or stretching the time scale of the first representation from the current time scale to a new time Scale) animation. In some embodiments, the first representation of the current lap time (for example, the master clock dial) includes a second representation of the current lap time (for example, the sub-clock dial), and the second representation has a different time scale than the first time scale. The third time scale. In response to the rotation movement, the electronic device updates the second representation of the current lap time according to the rotation movement as appropriate to have a fourth time scale that is different from the second time scale (for example, the rotation movement based on the rotation input and the main clock dial The change of the time scale cooperates to increase or decrease the time scale of the sub-clock. For example, update the 30-minute sub-clock of the 60-second main clock to the 15-minute sub-clock of the 30-second main clock).

圖11為說明用於在電子器件之使用者介面中更新計時器之當前持續時間設定之處理程序1100的流程圖。處理程序1100可在各種實施例中藉由諸如器件100、300及/或500(圖1A、圖3A、圖5A)之電子器件進行。在區塊1102處,包括可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件在使用者介面中顯示(例如,在觸敏式顯示器上)計時器表示。在區塊1104處,該計時器表示包括類比表示(例如,類比鐘錶盤),類比表示包括表示當前持續時間設定(例如,當前計時器倒數設定)之當前持續時間指示符(例如,圓點、線、填充區域)。計時器表示亦包括表示當前持續時間設定之數位表示(例如,時數及分鐘數)。 11 is a flowchart illustrating a processing procedure 1100 for updating the current duration setting of the timer in the user interface of the electronic device. The processing procedure 1100 may be performed by electronic devices such as devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIG. 1A, FIG. 3A, and FIG. 5A) in various embodiments. At block 1102, the electronic device including the rotatable input mechanism displays a timer representation in the user interface (for example, on a touch-sensitive display). At block 1104, the timer representation includes an analog representation (e.g., an analog clock dial), and the analog representation includes a current duration indicator (e.g., dot, Line, filled area). The timer display also includes a digital display for the current duration setting (for example, hours and minutes).

在區塊1106處,在顯示計時器表示的同時,電子器件偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動。在區塊1108處,回應於旋轉移動,電子器件根據旋轉移動更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示。舉例而言,電子器件以協同方式更新類比表示及數位表示中之當前指示符以在當前持續時間設定回應於旋轉輸入而變化時反映該當前持續時間設定。 At block 1106, while displaying the timer indication, the electronic device detects the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism. At block 1108, in response to the rotational movement, the electronic device updates the current duration indicator and digital representation according to the rotational movement. For example, the electronic device updates the current indicator in the analog representation and the digital representation in a cooperative manner to reflect the current duration setting when the current duration setting changes in response to the rotation input.

在一些實施例中,在偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動之前,電 子器件偵測數位表示之第一部分之選擇(例如,使用者視情況選擇/觸摸觸敏式顯示器之數位表示之時數指示符),其中更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示包含:根據旋轉移動及數位表示之第一部分之選擇而更新當前持續時間設定之第一單元(例如,時數單元)(例如,由於選擇數位表示之第一部分,故旋轉移動視情況改變當前持續時間設定之第一單元(例如,時數)而不改變當前持續時間設定之第二單元(例如,分鐘數));及更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示之第一部分以反映當前持續時間設定之經更新第一單元(例如,時數)。 In some embodiments, before detecting the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the electrical The sub-device detects the selection of the first part of the digital display (for example, the user selects/touches the hour indicator of the digital display of the touch-sensitive display), and the update of the current duration indicator and the digital display includes: moving according to rotation And the selection of the first part of the digital representation to update the first unit of the current duration setting (for example, the hour unit) (for example, due to the selection of the first part of the digital representation, the rotation movement changes the first unit of the current duration setting as appropriate (For example, hours) without changing the second unit of the current duration setting (for example, minutes); and updating the current duration indicator and the first part of the digital representation to reflect the updated first unit of the current duration setting (For example, hours).

在一些實施例中,回應於偵測數位表示之第一部分之選擇,電子器件顯示指示數位表示之第一部分之選擇的第一視覺提示(例如,突出顯示數位表示之第一部分、顯示數位表示之第一部分周圍的方框或輪廓、使得數位表示之第一部分閃爍等)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the first part of the digital representation, the electronic device displays a first visual cue indicating the selection of the first part of the digital representation (eg, highlighting the first part of the digital representation, displaying the first part of the digital representation) A frame or outline around a part, causing the first part of the digital representation to flicker, etc.).

在一些實施例中,數位表示包含第一部分(例如,時數指示符)及第二部分(例如,分鐘數指示符)。電子器件視情況偵測數位表示之第二部分之選擇(例如,使用者視情況選擇/觸摸觸敏式顯示器上之數位表示之分鐘數指示符)。電子器件視情況偵測可旋轉輸入機構之第二旋轉移動。回應於第二旋轉移動,電子器件視情況根據第二旋轉移動及數位表示之第二部分之選擇而更新當前持續時間設定之不同於第一單元之第二單元(例如,分鐘數)(例如,由於選擇數位表示之第二部分,故旋轉移動視情況改變當前持續時間設定之第二單元(例如,分鐘數)而不改變當前持續時間設定之第一單元(例如,時數)),且更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示之第二部分以反映當前持續時間設定之經更新第二單元(例如,分鐘數)。在一些實施例中,回應於偵測數位表示之第二部分之選擇,電子器件顯示指示數位表示之第二部分之選擇的第二視覺提示(例如,突出顯示數位表示之第二部分、顯示數位表示之第二部分周圍的方框或輪廓、使得數位表示之第二部分閃爍 等)。 In some embodiments, the digital representation includes a first part (e.g., hour indicator) and a second part (e.g., minute indicator). The electronic device detects the selection of the second part of the digital display according to the situation (for example, the user selects/touches the minute indicator of the digital display on the touch-sensitive display according to the situation). The electronic device detects the second rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism as appropriate. In response to the second rotational movement, the electronic device updates the second unit (for example, minutes) of the current duration setting different from the first unit (for example, the number of minutes) according to the second rotational movement and the selection of the second part of the digital representation as appropriate. Since the second part of the digital representation is selected, the rotation movement changes the second unit of the current duration setting (for example, the number of minutes) as appropriate without changing the first unit (for example, the number of hours) of the current duration setting), and updates The current duration indicator and the second part of the digital representation reflect the updated second unit (for example, minutes) of the current duration setting. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the second part of the digital representation, the electronic device displays a second visual cue indicating the selection of the second part of the digital representation (eg, highlighting the second part of the digital representation, displaying the digital representation The box or outline around the second part of the representation that makes the second part of the digital representation blink Wait).

在一些實施例中,回應於偵測數位表示之第一部分(例如,時數部分)之選擇,電子器件更新類比表示以具有對應於當前持續時間設定之第一單元(例如,時數)之第一預定義時間標度(例如,當選擇數位表示之時數部分時,視情況更新類比表示以具有0至12小時之時間標度)。在一些實施例中,回應於偵測數位表示之第二部分(例如,分鐘數部分)之選擇,電子器件更新類比表示以具有對應於當前持續時間設定之第二單元(例如,分鐘數)之第二預定義時間標度(例如,當選擇數位表示之分鐘數部分時,視情況更新類比表示以具有0至60分鐘之時間標度)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the first part (for example, the hour part) of the digital representation, the electronic device updates the analog representation to have the first unit (for example, the hour) corresponding to the current duration setting. A predefined time scale (for example, when the hour part of the digital representation is selected, the analog representation is updated as appropriate to have a time scale of 0 to 12 hours). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the second part of the digital representation (for example, the minutes part), the electronic device updates the analog representation to have the second unit (for example, minutes) corresponding to the current duration setting. The second predefined time scale (for example, when the minutes part of the digital representation is selected, the analog representation is updated as appropriate to have a time scale of 0 to 60 minutes).

在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符位於類比表示之周界上(例如,當前持續時間指示符視情況為圓點或線或位於圓形類比表示之外部周圍的其他指示符),且更新當前持續時間指示符包含更新當前持續時間指示符沿類比表示之周界的位置(例如,根據可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動在圓形類比之外部周圍移動當前持續時間指示符)。在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符包含圓點。在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符包含自沿類比表示之周界的第一位置(例如,對應於0小時及/或0分鐘之類比鐘錶盤位置)延伸至沿類比表示之周界的第二位置(例如,對應於當前持續時間設定之時數及/或分鐘數的類比鐘錶盤位置)的區域,第一位置對應於為零之持續時間設定,且第二位置對應於當前持續時間設定。舉例而言,當前持續時間指示符視情況為填充區域,該區域沿著類比鐘錶盤之周界/曲線且其長度基於當前持續時間設定之長度及類比鐘錶盤上所顯示之單元判定。舉例而言,若類比鐘錶盤具有0至12小時之時間標度,且當前持續時間設定之時數單元為4小時,則當前持續時間指示符視情況為在類比鐘錶盤之周界周圍自0小時延伸至4小時的填充區域。 In some embodiments, the current duration indicator is located on the perimeter of the analog representation (for example, the current duration indicator is a dot or line as the case may be or other indicators located around the outside of the circular analog representation), and the update The current duration indicator includes updating the position of the current duration indicator along the perimeter of the analog representation (for example, moving the current duration indicator around the outside of the circular analog according to the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the current duration indicator includes a dot. In some embodiments, the current duration indicator includes a position extending from a first position along the perimeter of the analogy representation (for example, corresponding to an analog clock dial position of 0 hour and/or 0 minutes) to a position along the perimeter of the analogy representation. The second position (for example, the analog clock dial position corresponding to the hours and/or minutes of the current duration setting), the first position corresponds to the zero duration setting, and the second position corresponds to the current duration set up. For example, the current duration indicator is a filled area as appropriate. The area is along the perimeter/curve of the analog clock dial and its length is determined based on the length set by the current duration and the unit displayed on the analog clock dial. For example, if the analog clock dial has a time scale of 0 to 12 hours, and the hour unit of the current duration setting is 4 hours, then the current duration indicator may be from 0 around the perimeter of the analog clock dial as appropriate. Hours extend to 4 hours of filling area.

圖12展示在一些實施例中執行上文所描述的特徵之電子器件1200之例示性功能區塊。如圖12中所示,電子器件1200可包括經組態以顯示圖形物件之顯示單元1202、經組態以接收使用者輸入之人性化輸入介面單元1204;及耦接至顯示單元1202及人性化輸入介面單元1204之處理單元1206。 Figure 12 shows exemplary functional blocks of an electronic device 1200 that performs the features described above in some embodiments. As shown in FIG. 12, the electronic device 1200 may include a display unit 1202 configured to display graphical objects, a humanized input interface unit 1204 configured to receive user input; and coupled to the display unit 1202 and humanized The processing unit 1206 of the input interface unit 1204.

在一些實施例中,處理單元1206包括顯示啟用單元1210及量測單元1212。在一些實施例中,顯示器啟用單元1210經組態以引起使用者介面(或使用者介面之部分)結合顯示單元1202之顯示。舉例而言,顯示啟用單元1210可用於:於第一時間在使用者介面中顯示第一單圈時間之第一表示;顯示當前單圈時間之第一表示,該第一表示具有第一時間標度且包括第一元件,該第一元件根據第一時間標度上之當前單圈時間相對於第一時間標度定位;根據可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動更新當前單圈時間之第一表示以具有不同於第一時間標度之第二時間標度;及在使用者介面中顯示計時器表示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 1206 includes a display activation unit 1210 and a measurement unit 1212. In some embodiments, the display activation unit 1210 is configured to cause the user interface (or part of the user interface) to be combined with the display of the display unit 1202. For example, the display activation unit 1210 can be used to: display the first representation of the first lap time in the user interface at the first time; display the first representation of the current lap time, the first representation having a first time scale The first element is positioned relative to the first time scale according to the current lap time on the first time scale; the first representation of the current lap time is updated according to the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism Having a second time scale different from the first time scale; and displaying a timer indication in the user interface.

在一些實施例中,判定單元1208經組態以判定各種量。舉例而言,判定單元1208可基於第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間判定平均單圈時間。判定單元1208亦可判定具有大於指定單圈時間之最大單圈時間的時間標度。判定單元1208可判定複數個預定義時間標度中之哪一者最接近輸入時間標度。在一些實施例中,量測單元1212經組態以量測各種量。舉例而言,量測單元1212可量測自指定時間歷時的時間量。 In some embodiments, the determination unit 1208 is configured to determine various quantities. For example, the determining unit 1208 may determine the average lap time based on the first lap time and the second lap time. The determining unit 1208 may also determine a time scale with a maximum lap time greater than the designated lap time. The determining unit 1208 may determine which of the plurality of predefined time scales is closest to the input time scale. In some embodiments, the measuring unit 1212 is configured to measure various quantities. For example, the measuring unit 1212 can measure the amount of time since the specified time duration.

圖12之單元可用於實施上文關於圖6至圖11所描述之各種技術及方法。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件1200之單元,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖12中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離,或進一步之定義。 The unit of FIG. 12 can be used to implement the various techniques and methods described above with respect to FIGS. 6-11. Depending on the situation, the units of the device 1200 are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Those familiar with the art should understand that the functional blocks described in FIG. 12 are combined or separated into sub-blocks as appropriate to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation of the functional blocks described herein, or further definitions as appropriate.

根據一些實施例,圖13展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件1300之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖13中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離,或其他定義。 According to some embodiments, FIG. 13 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1300 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. Depending on the situation, the functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Those familiar with the art should understand that the functional blocks described in FIG. 13 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks as appropriate to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation of the functional blocks described herein, or other definitions as appropriate.

如圖13中所示,電子器件1300包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面之顯示單元1302、(視情況)經組態以接收接觸之觸敏式表面單元1304及耦接至顯示單元1302及(視情況)觸敏式表面單元1304之處理單元1306。在一些實施例中,處理單元1306包括顯示啟用單元1308、移動單元1310、偵測單元1312、停止單元1314、修改啟用單元1316、判定單元1318、更新單元1320及量測單元1322。 As shown in FIG. 13, the electronic device 1300 includes a display unit 1302 configured to display a graphical user interface, and (as the case may be) a touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 configured to receive contacts, and coupled to the display unit 1302 and (As the case may be) the processing unit 1306 of the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 includes a display activation unit 1308, a movement unit 1310, a detection unit 1312, a stop unit 1314, a modification activation unit 1316, a determination unit 1318, an update unit 1320, and a measurement unit 1322.

處理單元1306經組態以:於第一時間啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)第一單圈時間之第一表示在使用者介面中之顯示;根據自第一時間歷時的第一時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動(例如,使用移動單元1310)第一表示,該第一時間量對應於第一單圈時間;在移動第一表示的同時,於第二時間偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1312)器件處之第一單圈輸入;回應於第一單圈輸入:停止(例如,使用停止單元1314)第一表示沿第一軸線之移動;及啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)第二單圈時間之第二表示在使用者介面中之顯示;及根據自第二時間歷時的第二時間量在使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動(例如,使用移動單元1310)第二表示,該第二時間量對應於第二單圈時間,其中第一表示與第二表示沿第一軸線之相對定位對應於第一單圈時間與第二單圈時間之間的差異。 The processing unit 1306 is configured to: enable the display of the first representation of the first lap time in the user interface at the first time (for example, using the display enabling unit 1308); according to the first amount of time elapsed since the first time Move along the first axis in the user interface (for example, using the mobile unit 1310) the first representation, the first amount of time corresponds to the first lap time; while moving the first representation, the detection ( For example, using the detection unit 1312) the first single-turn input at the device; in response to the first single-turn input: stopping (for example, using the stop unit 1314) the first representation of movement along the first axis; and enabling (for example, using Display activation unit 1308) the display of the second representation of the second lap time in the user interface; and moving along the first axis in the user interface according to the second amount of time elapsed from the second time (for example, using the mobile unit 1310) The second representation, the second amount of time corresponds to the second lap time, wherein the relative positioning of the first representation and the second representation along the first axis corresponds to the difference between the first lap time and the second lap time difference.

在一些實施例中,第一及該二表示在使用者介面中在與第一軸 線正交的方向上間隔一距離。 In some embodiments, the first and the second indicate that the The lines are separated by a distance in the orthogonal direction.

在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示在使用者介面中藉由線連接。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are connected by lines in the user interface.

在一些實施例中,第一及第二表示包含第一碼錶視圖,處理單元經進一步組態以:偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1312)器件處之視圖變化輸入;及回應於視圖變化輸入,啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)不同於第一碼錶視圖之第二碼錶視圖之顯示,該第二碼錶視圖包括關於第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間之資訊。 In some embodiments, the first and second representations include the first code table view, and the processing unit is further configured to: detect (for example, using the detection unit 1312) view change input at the device; and respond to the view change Input and enable (for example, using the display activation unit 1308) the display of a second stopwatch view different from the first stopwatch view, the second stopwatch view including information about the first lap time and the second lap time.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1312)觸敏式表面單元1304上之單圈時間顯示輸入,該單圈時間顯示輸入包含觸敏式表面單元1304上之接觸及接觸之移動;及回應於單圈時間顯示輸入,啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)包括第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間之單圈時間清單之顯示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: detect (for example, use the detection unit 1312) a lap time display input on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304, the lap time display input including a touch-sensitive surface The contact on the unit 1304 and the movement of the contact; and in response to the lap time display input, enable (for example, use the display activation unit 1308) to display the lap time list including the first lap time and the second lap time.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於單圈時間顯示輸入,啟用(例如,使用修改啟用單元1316)第一及第二表示之修改以縮減第一及第二表示在使用者介面中之顯示區域。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to the lap time display input, enable (for example, use the modification enable unit 1316) to modify the first and second representations to reduce the use of the first and second representations The display area in the user interface.

在一些實施例中,使用者介面沿第一軸線之第一維度以第一時間標度顯示,該第一時間標度具有第一最大單圈時間,且第二單圈時間超過第一最大單圈時間,處理單元經進一步組態以:在第二單圈時間超過第一最大單圈時間時,於第三時間偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1312)器件處之第二單圈輸入;及回應於第二單圈輸入:判定(例如,使用判定單元1318)具有大於第二單圈時間之第二最大單圈時間的第二時間標度;及更新(例如,使用更新單元1320)使用者介面之第一維度以具有第二時間標度。 In some embodiments, the first dimension of the user interface along the first axis is displayed on a first time scale, the first time scale has a first maximum lap time, and the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time. Lap time, the processing unit is further configured to: when the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time, detect the second lap input at the device at the third time (for example, using the detection unit 1312); And in response to the second lap input: determine (for example, use the determination unit 1318) to have a second time scale that is greater than the second maximum lap time of the second lap time; and update (for example, use the update unit 1320) to use The first dimension of the interface can have a second time scale.

在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示提供其各別單圈時間之各別視覺提示。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation provide respective visual cues of their respective lap times.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)除第一表示及第二表示之外的碼錶表示之顯示,該碼錶表示包括關於第二單圈時間之資訊。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable (for example, using the display enabling unit 1308) display of code table representations other than the first representation and the second representation, the code table representation including information about the second order Information about lap time.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:於第三時間偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1312)器件處之第二單圈輸入,該第三時間在第二時間之後;回應於第二單圈輸入,基於第一單圈時間及第二單圈時間判定(例如,使用判定單元1318)平均單圈時間;及啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1308)平均單圈時間之表示在使用者介面中之顯示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: detect (for example, using the detection unit 1312) the second single-turn input at the device at a third time, the third time being after the second time; in response to The second lap input, based on the first lap time and the second lap time to determine the average lap time (for example, use the determination unit 1318); and enable (for example, use the display activation unit 1308) the expression of the average lap time in Display in the user interface.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:在於使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動第一表示之前,量測(例如,使用量測單元1322)自第一時間歷時的第一時間量,其中根據所量測第一時間量沿第一軸線移動第一表示;及在於使用者介面中沿第一軸線移動第二表示之前,量測(例如,使用量測單元1322)自第二時間歷時的第二時間量,其中根據所量測第二時間量沿第一軸線移動第二表示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to measure (for example, using the measuring unit 1322) the first amount of time elapsed from the first time before moving the first representation along the first axis in the user interface , Wherein the first representation is moved along the first axis according to the measured first amount of time; and before the second representation is moved along the first axis in the user interface, the measurement (for example, using the measuring unit 1322) from the second time The second amount of time lasted, where the second representation is moved along the first axis according to the measured second amount of time.

上文參考圖9A至圖9B描述之操作視情況由圖1A至圖1B或圖13中所描繪之組件實施。舉例而言,顯示操作902、移動操作904及912、偵測操作906以及停止操作910視情況由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊傳送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180比較事件資訊與各別事件定義186,並判定觸敏式表面上之第一位置處的第一接觸是否(或器件之旋轉是否)對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如選擇使用者介面上之物件或將器件自一定向旋轉至另一定向。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯之事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190視情況使用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177,以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在 一些實施例中,事件處理常式190存取各別GUI更新程式178,以更新應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚可如何基於圖1A至圖1B中所描繪之組件實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to FIGS. 9A to 9B are implemented by the components depicted in FIGS. 1A to 1B or 13 as appropriate. For example, the display operation 902, the movement operations 904 and 912, the detection operation 906, and the stop operation 910 are implemented by the event classifier 170, the event recognizer 180, and the event processing program 190 as appropriate. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 transmits the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event identifier 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186, and determines whether the first contact at the first position on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether the rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined Events or sub-events, such as selecting an object on the user interface or rotating a device from one direction to another. When each predefined event or sub-event is detected, the event recognizer 180 activates the event handling program 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. The event handler 190 uses or calls the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 as appropriate to update the internal state 192 of the application. in In some embodiments, the event handler 190 accesses the respective GUI update program 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, those skilled in the art will know how to implement other processing procedures based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A to 1B.

根據一些實施例,圖14展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件1400之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖14中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離,或其他定義。 According to some embodiments, FIG. 14 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1400 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. Depending on the situation, the functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Those familiar with the art should understand that the functional blocks described in FIG. 14 are combined or divided into sub-blocks as appropriate to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation of the functional blocks described herein, or other definitions as appropriate.

如圖14中所示,電子器件1400包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面之顯示單元1402、(視情況)經組態以接收接觸之觸敏式表面單元1404及耦接至顯示單元1402及(視情況)觸敏式表面單元1404之處理單元1406。在一些實施例中,處理單元1406包括顯示啟用單元1408、偵測單元1410及更新單元1412。 As shown in FIG. 14, the electronic device 1400 includes a display unit 1402 configured to display a graphical user interface, and (as the case may be) a touch-sensitive surface unit 1404 configured to receive contacts and coupled to the display unit 1402 and (As the case may be) the processing unit 1406 of the touch-sensitive surface unit 1404. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1406 includes a display activation unit 1408, a detection unit 1410, and an update unit 1412.

處理單元1406經組態以:啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1408)當前單圈時間之第一表示在使用者介面中之顯示,該第一表示具有第一時間標度且包括第一元件,該第一元件根據第一時間標度上之當前單圈時間相對於第一時間標度定位;在啟用第一表示之顯示的同時,偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1410)電子器件之可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動;及回應於旋轉移動:根據旋轉移動更新(例如,使用更新單元1412)當前單圈時間之第一表示以具有不同於第一時間標度之第二時間標度,及根據第二時間標度上之當前單圈時間更新(例如,使用更新單元1412)第一元件之位置。 The processing unit 1406 is configured to: enable (for example, using the display enabling unit 1408) the display in the user interface of a first representation of the current lap time, the first representation having a first time scale and including a first element, The first element is positioned relative to the first time scale according to the current lap time on the first time scale; while enabling the display of the first indication, it detects (for example, using the detection unit 1410) of the electronic device The rotational movement of the rotary input mechanism; and in response to the rotational movement: the first representation of the current lap time is updated according to the rotational movement (for example, using the update unit 1412) to have a second time scale that is different from the first time scale, and The position of the first element is updated (for example, using the update unit 1412) according to the current lap time on the second time scale.

在一些實施例中,更新第一表示以具有第二時間標度包含自複數個預定義時間標度選擇第二時間標度。 In some embodiments, updating the first representation to have a second time scale includes selecting the second time scale from a plurality of predefined time scales.

在一些實施例中,可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動對應於不同於複數個預定義時間標度中之每一者的第一輸入時間標度,且自複數個預定義時間標度選擇第二時間標度包含:判定複數個預定義時間標度中之哪一者最接近第一輸入時間標度及選擇預定義時間標度中之最接近時間標度作為第二時間標度。 In some embodiments, the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism corresponds to a first input time scale different from each of the plurality of predefined time scales, and the second time is selected from the plurality of predefined time scales The scale includes: determining which of the plurality of predefined time scales is closest to the first input time scale and selecting the closest time scale among the predefined time scales as the second time scale.

在一些實施例中,更新第一表示包含啟用第一表示自第一時間標度變成第二時間標度之動畫的顯示。 In some embodiments, updating the first representation includes enabling the display of the animation of the first representation from the first time scale to the second time scale.

在一些實施例中,當前單圈時間之第一表示包括當前單圈時間之第二表示,該第二表示具有不同於第一時間標度之第三時間標度,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於旋轉移動,根據旋轉移動更新(例如,使用更新單元1412)當前單圈時間之第二表示以具有不同於第二時間標度之第四時間標度。 In some embodiments, the first representation of the current lap time includes a second representation of the current lap time, the second representation having a third time scale different from the first time scale, and the processing unit is further configured to : In response to the rotational movement, the second representation of the current lap time is updated according to the rotational movement (for example, using the update unit 1412) to have a fourth time scale that is different from the second time scale.

上文參考圖10描述之操作視情況由圖1A至圖1B或圖14中所描繪之組件實施。舉例而言,顯示操作1002、偵測操作1004及更新操作1008視情況由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊傳送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180比較事件資訊與各別事件定義186,並判定觸敏式表面上之第一位置處的第一接觸是否(或器件之旋轉是否)對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如選擇使用者介面上之物件或將器件自一定向旋轉至另一定向。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯之事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190視情況使用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177來更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178來更新應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚可如何基於圖1A至圖1B中所描 繪之組件實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to FIG. 10 are implemented by the components depicted in FIG. 1A to FIG. 1B or FIG. 14 as appropriate. For example, the display operation 1002, the detection operation 1004, and the update operation 1008 are implemented by the event classifier 170, the event recognizer 180, and the event processing program 190 as appropriate. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 transmits the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event identifier 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186, and determines whether the first contact at the first position on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether the rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined Events or sub-events, such as selecting an object on the user interface or rotating a device from one direction to another. When each predefined event or sub-event is detected, the event recognizer 180 activates the event handling program 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. The event handler 190 uses or calls the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 as appropriate to update the internal state 192 of the application. In some embodiments, the event handler 190 accesses the respective GUI update program 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, those who are generally familiar with this technology will know how to base on the description in Figure 1A to Figure 1B. The painted component implements other processing procedures.

根據一些實施例,圖15展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件1500之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖15中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離,或其他定義。 According to some embodiments, FIG. 15 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1500 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. Depending on the situation, the functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Those familiar with the art should understand that the functional blocks described in FIG. 15 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks as appropriate to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation of the functional blocks described herein, or other definitions as appropriate.

如圖15中所示,電子器件1500包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面之顯示單元1502、(視情況)經組態以接收接觸之觸敏式表面單元1504及耦接至顯示單元1502及(視情況)觸敏式表面單元1504之處理單元1506。在一些實施例中,處理單元1506包括顯示啟用單元1508、偵測單元1510及更新單元1512。 As shown in FIG. 15, the electronic device 1500 includes a display unit 1502 configured to display a graphical user interface, and (as the case may be) a touch-sensitive surface unit 1504 configured to receive contact, and coupled to the display unit 1502 and (As the case may be) the processing unit 1506 of the touch-sensitive surface unit 1504. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1506 includes a display activation unit 1508, a detection unit 1510, and an update unit 1512.

處理單元1506經組態以啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1508)計時器表示在使用者介面中之顯示,該計時器表示包括:類比表示,該類比表示包括表示當前持續時間設定之當前持續時間指示符,及數位表示,其表示當前持續時間設定;在啟用計時器表示之顯示的同時,偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1510)可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動;及回應於旋轉移動,根據旋轉移動更新(例如,使用更新單元1512)當前持續時間指示符及數位表示。 The processing unit 1506 is configured to enable (for example, using the display enabling unit 1508) the display of the timer representation in the user interface. The timer representation includes: analog representation, the analog representation includes the current duration representing the current duration setting Indicator, and digital display, which indicate the current duration setting; while the display of the timer display is activated, the rotation movement of the rotatable input mechanism is detected (for example, using the detection unit 1510); and in response to the rotation movement, according to The rotation movement updates (for example, using the update unit 1512) the current duration indicator and digital representation.

在一些實施例中,數位表示包含第一部分及第二部分,處理單元經進一步組態以:在偵測可旋轉輸入機構之旋轉移動之前,偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1510)數位表示之第一部分之選擇,其中更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示包含根據旋轉移動及數位表示之第一部分之選擇而更新當前持續時間設定之第一單元以及更新當前持續時間指示符及數位表示之第一部分以反映當前持續時間設定之經更新第一 單元。 In some embodiments, the digital representation includes a first part and a second part, and the processing unit is further configured to detect (for example, using the detection unit 1510) of the digital representation before detecting the rotational movement of the rotatable input mechanism Selection of the first part, where updating the current duration indicator and digital representation includes updating the first unit of the current duration setting according to the selection of the rotation movement and the first part of the digital representation, and updating the current duration indicator and the first part of the digital representation The updated first to reflect the current duration setting unit.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於偵測到數位表示之第一部分之選擇,啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1508)指示數位表示之第一部分之選擇的第一視覺提示之顯示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to detecting the selection of the first part of the digital representation, enable (for example, using the display enabling unit 1508) the first visual cue indicating the selection of the first part of the digital representation The display.

在一些實施例中,數位表示包含第一部分及第二部分,處理單元經進一步組態以:偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1510)數位表示之第二部分之選擇,偵測(例如,使用偵測單元1510)可旋轉輸入機構之第二旋轉移動,及回應於第二旋轉移動:根據第二旋轉移動及數位表示之第二部分之選擇而更新(例如,使用更新單元1512)當前持續時間設定之不同於第一單元的第二單元,以及更新(例如,使用更新單元1512)當前持續時間指示符及數位表示之第二部分以反映當前持續時間設定之經更新第二單元。 In some embodiments, the digital representation includes a first part and a second part, and the processing unit is further configured to: detect (for example, use the detection unit 1510) the selection of the second part of the digital representation, and detect (for example, use the The detection unit 1510) can rotate the second rotational movement of the input mechanism and respond to the second rotational movement: update (for example, use the update unit 1512) the current duration according to the second rotational movement and the selection of the second part of the digital representation Set a second unit different from the first unit, and update (for example, using update unit 1512) the current duration indicator and the second part of the digital representation to reflect the updated second unit of the current duration setting.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於偵測到數位表示之第二部分之選擇,啟用(例如,使用顯示啟用單元1508)指示數位表示之第二部分之選擇的第二視覺提示之顯示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to detecting the selection of the second part of the digital representation, enable (for example, use the display enabling unit 1508) to indicate the selection of the second part of the digital representation. Display of visual cues.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於偵測到數位表示之第一部分之選擇,更新(例如,使用更新單元1512)類比表示以具有對應於當前持續時間設定之第一單元的第一預定義時間標度。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to detecting the selection of the first part of the digital representation, update (for example, using update unit 1512) the analog representation to have the first unit corresponding to the current duration setting The first predefined time scale.

在一些實施例中,處理單元經進一步組態以:回應於偵測到數位表示之第二部分之選擇,更新類比表示以具有對應於當前持續時間設定之第二單元的第二預定義時間標度。 In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to detecting the selection of the second part of the digital representation, update the analog representation to have a second predefined time scale corresponding to the second unit of the current duration setting degree.

在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符位於類比表示之周界上,且更新當前持續時間指示符包含更新當前持續時間指示符沿類比表示之周界的位置。 In some embodiments, the current duration indicator is located on the perimeter of the analog representation, and updating the current duration indicator includes updating the position of the current duration indicator along the perimeter of the analog representation.

在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符包含圓點。 In some embodiments, the current duration indicator includes a dot.

在一些實施例中,當前持續時間指示符包含自沿類比表示之周 界的第一位置延伸至沿類比表示之周界的第二位置的區域,該第一位置對應於為零之持續時間設定,且該第二位置對應於當前持續時間設定。 In some embodiments, the current duration indicator includes a week from the analogy The first position of the boundary extends to an area along the second position of the perimeter of the analogy representation, the first position corresponds to a duration setting of zero, and the second position corresponds to the current duration setting.

上文參考圖圖11描述之操作視情況由圖1A至圖1B或圖15中所描繪之組件實施。舉例而言,顯示操作1102、偵測操作1106及更新操作1108視情況由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊傳送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180比較事件資訊與各別事件定義186,並判定觸敏式表面上之第一位置處的第一接觸是否(或器件之旋轉是否)對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如選擇使用者介面上之物件或將器件自一定向旋轉至另一定向。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯之事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190視情況使用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177來更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178來更新應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚可如何基於圖1A至圖1B中所描繪之組件實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to FIG. 11 are implemented by the components depicted in FIG. 1A to FIG. 1B or FIG. 15 as appropriate. For example, the display operation 1102, the detection operation 1106, and the update operation 1108 are implemented by the event classifier 170, the event recognizer 180, and the event processing program 190 as appropriate. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 transmits the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event identifier 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186, and determines whether the first contact at the first position on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether the rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined Events or sub-events, such as selecting an object on the user interface or rotating a device from one direction to another. When each predefined event or sub-event is detected, the event recognizer 180 activates the event handling program 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. The event handler 190 uses or calls the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 as appropriate to update the internal state 192 of the application. In some embodiments, the event handler 190 accesses the respective GUI update program 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, those skilled in the art will know how to implement other processing procedures based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A to 1B.

出於解釋之目的,已參考具體實施例描述前文描述。然而,上文之說明性論述並不意欲為詳盡的或將本發明案限於所揭示之精確形式。鑒於上述教示,多種修改及變化是可能的。選擇且描述實施例以便最佳地解釋該等技術及其實際應用之原理。藉此使得熟習此項技術者能夠最佳地利用該等技術及具有適合於所涵蓋之特定使用的各種修改的各種實施例。 For the purpose of explanation, the foregoing description has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussion above is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. In view of the above teachings, many modifications and changes are possible. The embodiments are selected and described in order to best explain the principles of these technologies and their practical applications. This allows those familiar with the technology to make the best use of the technology and various embodiments with various modifications suitable for the specific use covered.

儘管已參考隨附圖式充分描述本發明及實例,但應注意,各種變化及修改將對熟習此項技術者變得顯而易見。應將此等變化及修改 理解為包括於本發明之範疇內,且將實例理解為由所附申請專利範圍定義。 Although the present invention and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it should be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Should these changes and modifications It is understood to be included in the scope of the present invention, and the examples are understood to be defined by the scope of the appended application.

900:處理程序 900: handler

902:區塊 902: block

904:區塊 904: block

906:區塊 906: block

908:區塊 908: block

910:區塊 910: block

Claims (19)

一種用於表示單圈時間之方法,其包含:在具有一或多個處理器及記憶體之一器件處:在一第一時間於一使用者介面中顯示一第一單圈時間之一第一表示;顯示隨著時間而自該第一時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿一第一軸線移動該第一表示之一動畫,其中該第一表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之一第一區域內;在於該使用者介面之該第一區域內移動該第一表示的同時,在一第二時間偵測該器件處之一第一單圈輸入;回應於偵測該第一單圈輸入:停止顯示該第一表示沿該第一軸線之移動之該動畫;將該第一表示移動至該使用者介面之不同於該第一區域之一第二區域,且同時一致地在該使用者介面之該第二區域內顯示該第一表示:在該使用者介面中顯示一第二單圈時間之一第二表示;及顯示隨著時間而自該第二時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示之一動畫,其中該第二表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之該第一區域內,其中該第一表示與該第二表示沿該第一軸線之一相對定位對應於該第一單圈時間與該第二單圈時間之間的一差異。 A method for representing lap time, which includes: at a device having one or more processors and memory: displaying a first lap time in a user interface at a first time A representation; displays an animation of moving the first representation along a first axis in the user interface over time from the first time, wherein the animation of the movement of the first representation is included in the use In a first area of the interface; while moving the first representation in the first area of the user interface, detect a first single-turn input at the device at a second time; respond to the detection The first lap input: stop displaying the animation of the first representation moving along the first axis; move the first representation to a second area of the user interface that is different from the first area, and at the same time Consistently display the first representation in the second area of the user interface: display a second representation of a second lap time in the user interface; and display with time starting from the second time An animation of moving the second representation along the first axis in the user interface, wherein the animation of the movement of the second representation is included in the first area of the user interface, wherein the first representation Positioning relative to the second representation along the first axis corresponds to a difference between the first lap time and the second lap time. 如請求項1之方法,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該使用者介面中在與該第一軸線正交的一方向上間隔一距離。 Such as the method of claim 1, wherein the first representation and the second representation are separated by a distance in a direction orthogonal to the first axis in the user interface. 如請求項1至2中任一項之方法,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該使用者介面中藉由一線連接。 Such as the method of any one of claim 1 to 2, wherein the first representation and the second representation are connected by a line in the user interface. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其中該第一表示及該第二表示包含一第一碼錶視圖,該方法進一步包含:偵測該器件處之一視圖變化輸入;及回應於該視圖變化輸入,顯示不同於該第一碼錶視圖之一第二碼錶視圖,該第二碼錶視圖包括關於該第一單圈時間及該第二單圈時間之資訊。 Such as the method of any one of claim 1 and 2, wherein the first representation and the second representation include a first code table view, the method further includes: detecting a view change input at the device; and responding to The view change input displays a second stopwatch view that is different from the first stopwatch view, and the second stopwatch view includes information about the first lap time and the second lap time. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其進一步包含:在該器件之一觸敏式表面上偵測一單圈時間顯示輸入,該單圈時間顯示輸入包含一接觸及該接觸在該觸敏式表面上之移動;及回應於該單圈時間顯示輸入,顯示包括該第一單圈時間及該第二單圈時間之一單圈時間清單。 For example, the method of any one of claims 1 and 2, further comprising: detecting a lap time display input on a touch-sensitive surface of the device, the lap time display input including a contact and the contact on the Movement on the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to the lap time display input, display a lap time list including the first lap time and the second lap time. 如請求項5之方法,其進一步包含回應於該單圈時間顯示輸入,修改該第一表示及該第二表示之該顯示以減小該第一表示及該第二表示在該使用者介面中之一顯示區域。 Such as the method of claim 5, which further includes responding to the lap time display input, modifying the display of the first display and the second display to reduce the first display and the second display in the user interface One of the display areas. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其中:以一第一時間標度顯示該使用者介面沿該第一軸線之一第一維度,該第一時間標度具有一第一最大單圈時間,且該第二單圈時間超過該第一最大單圈時間,該方法進一步包含:在該第二單圈時間超過該第一最大單圈時間時,在一第三時間偵測該器件處之一第二單圈輸入;及回應於該第二單圈輸入:判定具有大於該第二單圈時間之一第二最大單圈時間的 一第二時間標度;及更新該使用者介面之該第一維度以具有該第二時間標度。 Such as the method of any one of claims 1 and 2, wherein: a first dimension of the user interface along the first axis is displayed on a first time scale, the first time scale having a first largest order Lap time, and the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time, the method further includes: detecting the device at a third time when the second lap time exceeds the first maximum lap time Place a second lap input; and in response to the second lap input: determine to have a second largest lap time greater than the second lap time A second time scale; and updating the first dimension of the user interface to have the second time scale. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其中該第一表示及該第二表示提供其各別單圈時間之各別視覺提示。 Such as the method of any one of claims 1 and 2, wherein the first representation and the second representation provide respective visual cues of their respective lap times. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其進一步包含:顯示除該第一表示及該第二表示之外的一碼錶表示,該碼錶表示包括關於該第二單圈時間之資訊。 For example, the method of any one of claims 1 and 2, further comprising: displaying a code table indication other than the first indication and the second indication, the code table indication including information about the second lap time . 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其進一步包含:在一第三時間偵測該器件處之一第二單圈輸入,該第三時間在該第二時間之後;回應於該第二單圈輸入,基於該第一單圈時間及該第二單圈時間判定一平均單圈時間;及在該使用者介面中顯示該平均單圈時間之一表示。 Such as the method of any one of claims 1 and 2, further comprising: detecting a second single-turn input at the device at a third time, the third time being after the second time; responding to the first time Two lap input, determine an average lap time based on the first lap time and the second lap time; and display an indication of the average lap time in the user interface. 如請求項1及2中任一項之方法,其進一步包含:在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第一表示之前,量測自該第一時間歷時的該第一時間量,其中根據該經量測第一時間量沿該第一軸線移動該第一表示;及在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示之前,量測自該第二時間歷時的該第二時間量,其中根據該經量測第二時間量沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示。 The method of any one of claims 1 and 2, further comprising: before moving the first representation along the first axis in the user interface, measuring the first amount of time since the first time, Wherein the first representation is moved along the first axis according to the measured first amount of time; and before the second representation is moved along the first axis in the user interface, the second time duration measured from the A second amount of time, wherein the second representation is moved along the first axis according to the measured second amount of time. 一種電子器件,其包含:一顯示器;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存在該記憶體中且經 組態以由該一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行如請求項1或2之方法的指令。 An electronic device comprising: a display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and processed It is configured to be executed by the one or more processors, and the one or more programs include instructions for executing the method of claim 1 or 2. 一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含在由具有一顯示器之一電子器件執行時,引起該器件執行如請求項1或2之方法的指令。 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include those that, when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to perform the method of claim 1 or 2 instruction. 一種圖形使用者介面,其係在具有一觸敏式顯示器、一記憶體及執行儲存在該記憶體中之一或多個程式之一或多個處理器的一電子器件上,該圖形使用者介面包含根據如請求項1或2之方法所顯示的使用者介面。 A graphical user interface is on an electronic device having a touch-sensitive display, a memory, and one or more processors that execute one or more programs stored in the memory. The graphical user The interface includes a user interface displayed according to the method of request item 1 or 2. 一種電子器件,其包含:一顯示器;及用於執行如請求項1或2之方法的構件。 An electronic device comprising: a display; and means for performing the method of claim 1 or 2. 一種用於具有一顯示器之一電子器件中的資訊處理裝置,其包含:用於執行如請求項1或2之方法的構件。 An information processing device used in an electronic device with a display, comprising: a component for executing the method of claim 1 or 2. 一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含在由具有一顯示器之一電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時,引起該器件執行以下操作的指令:在一第一時間於一使用者介面中顯示一第一單圈時間之一第一表示;顯示隨著時間而自該第一時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿一第一軸線移動該第一表示之一動畫,其中該第一表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之一第一區域內;在於該使用者介面之該第一區域內移動該第一表示的同時,在一第二時間偵測該器件處之一第一單圈輸入;回應於偵測該第一單圈輸入: 停止顯示該第一表示沿該第一軸線之移動之該動畫;將該第一表示移動至該使用者介面之不同於該第一區域之一第二區域,且同時一致地在該使用者介面之該第二區域內顯示該第一表示:在該使用者介面中顯示一第二單圈時間之一第二表示;及顯示隨著時間而自該第二時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示之一動畫,其中該第二表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之該第一區域內,其中該第一表示與該第二表示沿該第一軸線之一相對定位對應於該第一單圈時間與該第二單圈時間之間的一差異。 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more programs that, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, cause the device to perform the following operations Command: display a first representation of a first lap time in a user interface at a first time; display a first indication of a first lap time in the user interface as time goes by from the first time The axis moves an animation of the first representation, wherein the animation of the movement of the first representation is contained in a first area of the user interface; the movement of the first representation in the first area of the user interface At the same time, a first single-turn input at the device is detected at a second time; in response to detecting the first single-turn input: Stop displaying the animation of the movement of the first representation along the first axis; move the first representation to a second area of the user interface that is different from the first area, and at the same time be consistent on the user interface The first display is displayed in the second area: a second display of a second lap time is displayed in the user interface; and the user interface is displayed as time elapses since the second time An animation of moving the second representation along the first axis, wherein the animation of the movement of the second representation is contained in the first area of the user interface, where the first representation and the second representation are along the A relative positioning of the first axis corresponds to a difference between the first lap time and the second lap time. 一種電子器件,其包含:一顯示器;用於在一第一時間於一使用者介面中顯示一第一單圈時間之一第一表示的構件;用於顯示隨著時間而自該第一時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿一第一軸線移動該第一表示之一動畫的構件,其中該第一表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之一第一區域內;用於在於該使用者介面之該第一區域內移動該第一表示的同時,在一第二時間偵測該器件處之一第一單圈輸入的構件;及用於回應於偵測該第一單圈輸入執行以下操作之構件:停止顯示該第一表示沿該第一軸線之移動之該動畫;將該第一表示移動至該使用者介面之不同於該第一區域之一第二區域,且同時一致地在該使用者介面之該第二區域內顯示該第一表 示:在該使用者介面中顯示一第二單圈時間之一第二表示;及顯示隨著時間而自該第二時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示之一動畫的構件,其中該第二表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之該第一區域,其中該第一表示與該第二表示沿該第一軸線之一相對定位對應於該第一單圈時間與該第二單圈時間之間的一差異。 An electronic device, comprising: a display; a member for displaying a first representation of a first lap time in a user interface at a first time; The component that moves the first representation of an animation along a first axis in the user interface that starts to move, wherein the animation of the movement of the first representation is included in a first area of the user interface; While moving the first representation in the first area of the user interface, detecting a first single-turn input component at the device at a second time; and for responding to detecting the first single Enter a component that performs the following operations: stop displaying the animation of the first representation moving along the first axis; move the first representation to a second area of the user interface that is different from the first area, and Simultaneously display the first table in the second area of the user interface Display: display a second representation of a second lap time in the user interface; and display the movement of the second lap time along the first axis in the user interface as time elapses from the second time A component representing an animation, wherein the animation of the movement of the second representation is included in the first area of the user interface, wherein the relative positioning of the first representation and the second representation along one of the first axes corresponds to A difference between the first lap time and the second lap time. 一種電子器件,其包含:一顯示器;一或多個處理器;一記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於該記憶體中且經組態以由該一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:在一第一時間於一使用者介面中顯示一第一單圈時間之一第一表示;顯示隨著時間而自該第一時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿一第一軸線移動該第一表示之一動畫,該其中該第一表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之一第一區域內;在於該使用者介面之該第一區域內移動該第一表示的同時,在一第二時間偵測該器件處之一第一單圈輸入;及回應於偵測該第一單圈輸入:停止之一動畫該第一表示沿該第一軸線之移動之該動畫;將該第一表示移動至該使用者介面之不同於該第一區域 之一第二區域,且同時一致地在該使用者介面之該第二區域內顯示該第一表示:在該使用者介面中顯示一第二單圈時間之一第二表示;及顯示隨著時間而自該第二時間開始推移之在該使用者介面中沿該第一軸線移動該第二表示之一動畫,其中該第二表示之移動之該動畫包含於該使用者介面之該第一區域內,其中該第一表示與該第二表示沿該第一軸線之一相對定位對應於該第一單圈時間與該第二單圈時間之間的一差異。 An electronic device comprising: a display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be used by the one or A plurality of processors are executed, and the one or more programs include instructions for performing the following operations: a first representation of a first lap time is displayed in a user interface at a first time; the display changes with time An animation of moving the first representation in the user interface along a first axis since the first time elapses, wherein the animation of the movement of the first representation is included in a first area of the user interface Inside; while moving the first representation in the first area of the user interface, detecting a first single-turn input at the device at a second time; and responding to detecting the first single-turn input : Stop an animation, the first representation of the animation moving along the first axis; move the first representation to a region different from the first area of the user interface A second area, and simultaneously display the first representation in the second area of the user interface: display a second representation of a second lap time in the user interface; and display the following An animation of moving the second representation in the user interface along the first axis in time and elapsed since the second time, wherein the animation of the movement of the second representation is included in the first of the user interface Within the area, the relative positioning of the first representation and the second representation along one of the first axis corresponds to a difference between the first lap time and the second lap time.
TW104107330A 2014-09-02 2015-03-06 Techniques for representing lap times TWI700625B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462044979P 2014-09-02 2014-09-02
US62/044,979 2014-09-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201610812A TW201610812A (en) 2016-03-16
TWI700625B true TWI700625B (en) 2020-08-01

Family

ID=56085182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104107330A TWI700625B (en) 2014-09-02 2015-03-06 Techniques for representing lap times

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI700625B (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050162423A1 (en) * 2004-01-20 2005-07-28 Goggin David E. Method and apparatus for time series graph display
US20060136173A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Nike, Inc. Multi-sensor monitoring of athletic performance
US20110003665A1 (en) * 2009-04-26 2011-01-06 Nike, Inc. Athletic watch

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050162423A1 (en) * 2004-01-20 2005-07-28 Goggin David E. Method and apparatus for time series graph display
US20060136173A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Nike, Inc. Multi-sensor monitoring of athletic performance
US20110003665A1 (en) * 2009-04-26 2011-01-06 Nike, Inc. Athletic watch

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201610812A (en) 2016-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11609681B2 (en) Reduced size configuration interface
US20220060775A1 (en) Video recording and replay
US11314392B2 (en) Stopwatch and timer user interfaces
US11354015B2 (en) Adaptive user interfaces
US20210263702A1 (en) Audio media user interface
US11714597B2 (en) Methods and user interfaces for sharing audio
US10884592B2 (en) Control of system zoom magnification using a rotatable input mechanism
TWI579744B (en) Device configuration user interface
TWI614666B (en) Method for displaying and managing reduced-sized notification interface and electronic device
TWI592858B (en) Reduced-size user interfaces for dynamically updated application overviews
TWI616801B (en) Continuity
US10318525B2 (en) Content browsing user interface
US10051419B2 (en) Location determination using communicatively coupled electronic devices
US10860199B2 (en) Dynamically adjusting touch hysteresis based on contextual data
TW201610759A (en) Button functionality
US11775115B2 (en) Methods, systems and devices for dynamically assigning button functionality based on orientation
TWI700625B (en) Techniques for representing lap times
TW201606618A (en) Reduced-size user interfaces for battery management